TWI577185B - Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and dynamic image decoding program - Google Patents

Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and dynamic image decoding program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI577185B
TWI577185B TW102113566A TW102113566A TWI577185B TW I577185 B TWI577185 B TW I577185B TW 102113566 A TW102113566 A TW 102113566A TW 102113566 A TW102113566 A TW 102113566A TW I577185 B TWI577185 B TW I577185B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
prediction
motion information
motion
block
information
Prior art date
Application number
TW102113566A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201404177A (en
Inventor
Motoharu Ueda
Shigeru Fukushima
Hideki Takehara
Original Assignee
Jvc Kenwood Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jvc Kenwood Corp filed Critical Jvc Kenwood Corp
Priority claimed from JP2013085474A external-priority patent/JP5987768B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013085473A external-priority patent/JP5987767B2/en
Publication of TW201404177A publication Critical patent/TW201404177A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI577185B publication Critical patent/TWI577185B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Compression Or Coding Systems Of Tv Signals (AREA)

Description

動態影像解碼裝置、動態影像解碼方法、及動態影像解碼程式 Motion picture decoding device, motion picture decoding method, and motion picture decoding program

本發明係有關於動態影像訊號的編碼及解碼技術,尤其是有關於利用了運動補償預測的動態影像編碼及解碼技術。 The present invention relates to encoding and decoding techniques for motion picture signals, and more particularly to motion picture coding and decoding techniques that utilize motion compensation prediction.

在MPEG-4 AVC/H.264(以下稱AVC)等為代表的動態影像編碼中,利用時間方向之相關而壓縮資訊,對於要作為編碼對象之影像訊號亦即編碼對象圖像,將已被編碼並解碼的局部解碼訊號當作參照圖像來使用,以所定之編碼處理單位(以下稱作編碼對象區塊),偵測出對象圖像與參照圖像之間的運動量(以下稱作運動向量),生成預測訊號的此種運動補償預測,係被採用。 In the motion picture coding represented by MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 (hereinafter referred to as AVC), the information is compressed by the correlation of the time direction, and the image to be encoded, that is, the image to be encoded, is already The encoded and decoded local decoded signal is used as a reference image, and the amount of motion between the target image and the reference image is detected in a predetermined coding processing unit (hereinafter referred to as a coding target block) (hereinafter referred to as motion) Vector), such motion compensated predictions that generate predictive signals are used.

在AVC中係會採用,在運動補償預測中從1個參照圖像利用1條運動向量而單一方向地生成預測訊號的單預測、和從2個參照圖像利用2條運動向量而生成預 測訊號的雙預測。藉由將它們適用於,在身為編碼對象區塊的16×16像素的2維區塊內,使預測處理對象之區塊(以下稱作預測對象區塊)的大小(以下稱作預測區塊大小)為可變之手法、或從複數參照圖像之中選擇預測所用之參照圖像的手法,又將運動向量之精度以1/4像素精度來加以表現,藉此以提升預測訊號的精度、削減所傳輸之差分(以下稱作預測誤差)的資訊量。在編碼側上,將用來指定預測模式資訊或參照影像的資訊加以選擇而連同運動向量資訊一起傳輸,在解碼側上,依照所被傳輸的用來指定預測模式資訊或參照影像的資訊和已被解碼之運動向量資訊,來實施運動補償預測處理。 In AVC, a single prediction in which a prediction signal is generated in one direction from one reference image and one motion vector is generated from two reference images in motion compensation prediction, and two motion vectors are generated from two reference images. Double prediction of the test signal. By applying them to the two-dimensional block of 16×16 pixels which is a block to be encoded, the size of the block of the prediction processing object (hereinafter referred to as a prediction target block) is hereinafter referred to as a prediction area. The block size is a variable method, or a method of selecting a reference image used for prediction from among a plurality of reference images, and the accuracy of the motion vector is expressed by 1/4 pixel precision, thereby improving the prediction signal. Accuracy, reducing the amount of information transmitted (hereinafter referred to as prediction error). On the encoding side, the information for specifying the prediction mode information or the reference image is selected and transmitted together with the motion vector information. On the decoding side, according to the information used to specify the prediction mode information or the reference image, The motion vector prediction information is decoded to implement motion compensation prediction processing.

關於運動向量之傳輸,係將處理對象區塊所相鄰之已編碼區塊的運動向量當作預測運動向量(以下稱作預測向量),求出處理對象區塊之運動向量與預測向量的差分,藉由差分向量當作編碼向量而予以傳輸,以提升壓縮效率。 Regarding the transmission of the motion vector, the motion vector of the coded block adjacent to the processing target block is regarded as a prediction motion vector (hereinafter referred to as a prediction vector), and the difference between the motion vector and the prediction vector of the processing target block is obtained. It is transmitted by using a difference vector as a code vector to improve compression efficiency.

然而,在AVC中,係在縮小了預測區塊尺寸的情況下,對於編碼對象區塊之像素,進行編碼之際所必要之運動向量之數目會增大,對於將預測誤差進行編碼之際所需之編碼量,運動向量之編碼所需的編碼量會增大,無法以足夠的精度來將預測誤差進行編碼,而有所被編碼出來之影像訊號的品質降低之課題存在。 However, in AVC, when the prediction block size is reduced, the number of motion vectors necessary for encoding the pixels of the coding target block is increased, and the prediction error is encoded. The amount of coding required, the amount of coding required for encoding the motion vector will increase, and the prediction error cannot be encoded with sufficient accuracy, and the problem of the quality of the encoded image signal is reduced.

為了解決運動向量之編碼所需的編碼量會增大之課題,在AVC中是利用與預測對象區塊同一位置的 參照圖像之區塊的編碼中所使用過的運動向量,而不傳輸編碼向量即實現運動補償預測的運動補償預測,是可採用此種直接運動補償預測。 In order to solve the problem that the amount of coding required for coding of motion vectors is increased, in AVC, the same position as the prediction target block is used. The direct motion compensation prediction can be employed by referring to the motion vector used in the coding of the block of the image without transmitting the coding vector, that is, the motion compensation prediction for realizing motion compensation prediction.

又,作為其他解決手段,係如專利文獻1所述,在編碼裝置中若預測區塊尺寸較小,則藉由禁止雙預測而僅使用單預測,就可減少要進行編碼的運動向量數,防止運動向量之編碼量增大的手法,為人所知。 Further, as another means for solving the problem, as described in Patent Document 1, if the prediction block size is small in the encoding apparatus, the number of motion vectors to be encoded can be reduced by prohibiting double prediction and using only single prediction. A technique for preventing an increase in the amount of motion vector coding is known.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]WO2006/082690號公報 [Patent Document 1] WO2006/082690

上述的直接運動補償預測,係著眼於與預測對象區塊位於同一位置之參照圖像之區塊上的時間方向之運動的連續性,直接利用其他區塊的運動資訊。藉此,就不須將差分向量當作編碼向量並編碼,就進行運動補償預測處理。 The direct motion compensation prediction described above focuses on the continuity of the motion in the time direction on the block of the reference image located at the same position as the prediction target block, and directly uses the motion information of the other blocks. Thereby, the motion compensation prediction process is performed without using the difference vector as the coding vector and encoding.

然而,在無法充分確保運動的連續性的情況下,或其他區塊之運動資訊中的運動向量並沒有表示正確之運動的情況等,使用直接利用其他區塊的運動資訊之方式之際,會生成使用了發生偏誤之運動資訊的預測影像。此時,無法生成精度良好的運動補償預測影像,而有難以提升編碼效率此一困難點。 However, in the case where the continuity of the motion cannot be sufficiently ensured, or the motion vector in the motion information of other blocks does not indicate the correct motion, etc., when the motion information of other blocks is directly used, A predicted image that uses motion information that is biased is generated. At this time, it is impossible to generate a motion compensated prediction image with good precision, and it is difficult to improve the coding efficiency.

再者,藉由以1/4像素之運動向量精度所表現的運動向量,而生成預測訊號之際,使用用到相鄰複數像素的內插濾波器,為了對於被運動向量所指定之1/4像素精度之位置來生成預測像素,為了在運動補償預測時生成預測訊號,必須要對預測區塊尺寸而水平.垂直個別地取得相當於內插濾波器之節數的像素份之領域的參照圖像之影像訊號,尤其是在縮小了預測區塊尺寸的情況下,會有參照圖像的記憶體存取量增大之課題,即便使用直接運動補償預測之際仍會留下同樣的課題。 Furthermore, when a prediction signal is generated by a motion vector expressed by a motion vector accuracy of 1/4 pixel, an interpolation filter using adjacent complex pixels is used, for 1/1 of the motion vector specified. The position of 4 pixel precision is used to generate the predicted pixel. In order to generate the prediction signal during motion compensation prediction, it is necessary to predict the block size and level. The image signal of the reference image in the field corresponding to the number of pixels of the interpolation filter is obtained vertically, and in particular, when the size of the prediction block is reduced, the memory access amount of the reference image is obtained. The problem of increasing, even when using direct motion compensation predictions, will leave the same problem.

若依據專利文獻1的手法,則藉由將預測手法限制成單預測,雖然可將運動向量之數目、連同編碼裝置中的關於參照圖像之記憶體存取量都可予以削減,但在解碼裝置中,由於無法辨識到對於所被編碼之運動向量之數目的限制,因此為了實現即時的解碼處理,必須要有想定了雙預測被施行時的解碼處理能力。又,在使用直接運動補償預測等之不傳輸編碼向量的預測手法時,若默認上是雙預測被使用之條件的情況下,則就有需要生成雙預測的預測訊號,無法削減解碼裝置上所被要求的最大記憶體存取量,沒有解決課題。 According to the method of Patent Document 1, by limiting the prediction method to single prediction, although the number of motion vectors and the memory access amount with respect to the reference image in the encoding device can be reduced, decoding is performed. In the device, since the limitation on the number of motion vectors to be encoded cannot be recognized, in order to realize the immediate decoding process, it is necessary to have the decoding processing capability when the double prediction is performed. Further, when a prediction method using a non-transmission coding vector such as direct motion compensation prediction is used, if the condition for bi-prediction is used by default, it is necessary to generate a bi-predictive prediction signal, and it is not possible to reduce the decoding apparatus. The maximum amount of memory access required is not solved.

本發明係有鑑於此種狀況而研發,其目的在於提供一種,能夠將使用運動補償預測之際的參照圖像的記憶體存取量限制成所定量以下,同時可提升編碼效率之技術。 The present invention has been made in view of such circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of limiting the memory access amount of a reference image when motion compensation prediction is used to a predetermined amount or less and improving encoding efficiency.

為了解決上記課題,本發明的某個態樣的動 態影像編碼裝置,係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,生成編碼串流的動態影像編碼裝置,具備:候補清單建構部(1506),係從與身為編碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和編碼部(118),係將身為前記編碼對象之前記預測區塊上所使用的前記運動資訊候補清單內的運動資訊候補予以指定的索引資訊,予以編碼;和運動資訊轉換部(1507),係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測部(112),係基於前記運動資訊候補,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換部(1507),係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測部(112),係當身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 In order to solve the above problem, a certain aspect of the present invention The image coding apparatus belongs to a motion picture coding apparatus that generates a coded stream by specifying a prediction block from a block in which an image is divided into a plurality of blocks in stages, and generating a coded stream in the specific prediction block unit. The candidate list construction unit (1506) derives motion information from at least one of a block adjacent to the prediction block that is the coding target and a temporally adjacent block, and is regarded as The motion information candidate of the prediction block of the encoding target object is recorded from the derived motion information, and the motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information; and the encoding unit (118) is the pre-recording target object. The motion information candidate in the pre-recorded motion information candidate list used in the prediction block is encoded by the specified index information; and the motion information conversion unit (1507) converts the pre-recorded motion information candidate; and the motion compensation prediction unit (112), based on the pre-recording motion information candidate, performing motion compensation prediction by either single prediction or double prediction to generate a prediction block that is a pre-coding target Forecast signal. The pre-recorded motion information conversion unit (1507) performs prediction conversion, and converts the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction in the pre-recorded motion information candidate; the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction unit (112) When the block size of the prediction block of the preamble encoding target is the first size, and the predicted seed information indicates the pre-dual prediction, the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion is used. Perform a pre-motion compensation prediction.

本發明的另一態樣,係亦為動態影像編碼裝置。該裝置係屬於將以動態影像之各圖像被分割而成之區塊單位而使用運動補償預測來將前記動態影像予以編碼的 動態影像編碼裝置,其係具備:運動補償預測部(112),係藉由使用所導出之運動資訊的運動補償來生成編碼對象預測區塊的預測訊號;和編碼區塊控制參數生成部(122),係生成:第1控制參數(inter_4x4_enable),係用來指定,是否許可已被指定之第1尺寸之預測區塊尺寸時的運動補償預測;和第2控制參數(inter_bipred_restriction_idc),係用來指定,將已被指定之第2尺寸以下之預測區塊尺寸時的雙預測之運動補償予以禁止的前記第2尺寸;和編碼部(118),係將含有前記第1及第2控制參數的用於運動補償預測之資訊,予以編碼。前記運動補償預測部(112),係基於前記第1及第2控制參數,來進行運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is also a motion picture encoding device. The device belongs to a block unit obtained by dividing each image of a moving image, and uses motion compensation prediction to encode the pre-recorded moving image. The motion picture coding apparatus includes: a motion compensation prediction unit (112) that generates a prediction signal of the coding target prediction block by motion compensation using the derived motion information; and a coding block control parameter generation unit (122) The first control parameter (inter_4x4_enable) is used to specify whether the motion compensation prediction when the predicted block size of the first size is permitted is permitted; and the second control parameter (inter_bipred_restriction_idc) is used. Specifying the second dimension of the double prediction motion compensation when the predicted block size of the second size or less is specified, and the coding unit (118) including the first and second control parameters. Information for motion compensation prediction is encoded. The pre-motion compensation prediction unit (112) performs motion compensation prediction based on the first and second control parameters.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為動態影像編碼方法。該方法係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,生成編碼串流的動態影像編碼方法,其係具備:候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為編碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和編碼步驟,係將身為前記編碼對象之前記預測區塊上所使用的前記運動資訊候補清單內的運動資訊候補予以指定的索引資訊,予以編碼;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預 測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is a motion picture coding method. The method belongs to a motion picture coding method for generating a coded stream by using a prediction block that is segmented into a plurality of blocks from an image, and a coded stream is generated by the specific prediction block unit. The candidate list construction step is to derive motion information from at least one of the block adjacent to the prediction block that is the coding target and the temporally adjacent block, and regard the motion information as the pre-recorded object. Predicting the motion information candidate of the block, constructing a motion information candidate list by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and encoding step, which is used before the prediction block is used as the pre-recording object The motion information candidate in the candidate sport information candidate list is given the specified index information for encoding; and the motion information conversion step is to convert the pre-recording motion information candidate; and the motion compensation pre- The measuring step is based on the pre-recording motion information candidate, and the motion compensation prediction is performed by either the single prediction or the double prediction to generate a prediction signal of the prediction block that is the pre-coding target. The pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform predictive conversion. In the pre-recorded sports information candidate, the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction is converted into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction; the pre-recording motion compensation prediction step is as a pre-record When the block size of the prediction block of the encoding target is the predetermined first size, and the predicted seed information indicates the pre-hyperpred prediction, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed based on the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為送訊裝置。該裝置係具備:封包處理部,係將藉由動態影像編碼方法所編碼而成的編碼串流進行封包化而獲得編碼資料;該動態影像編碼方法係從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,生成前記編碼串流;和送訊部,係將已被封包化之前記編碼資料,予以發送。前記動態影像編碼方法係具備:候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為編碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和編碼步驟,係將身為前記編碼對象之前記預測區塊上所使用的前記運動資訊候補清單內的運動資訊候補予以指定的索引資訊,予以編碼;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預 測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the invention is a signal transmitting device. The apparatus includes a packet processing unit that obtains coded data by packetizing a coded stream encoded by a video coding method, and the motion picture coding method is phase-divided into multiple blocks from the image. The prediction block is specified in the formed block, and the pre-coded stream is generated in the specific predicted block unit; and the transmitting unit is configured to transmit the encoded data before being encapsulated. The pre-recorded video coding method has a candidate list construction step of deriving motion information from at least one of a block adjacent to a prediction block that is a coding target and a temporally adjacent block. As a motion information candidate of the prediction block of the preamble encoding object, a motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and the encoding step is performed as a pre-recording target The motion information candidate in the pre-recorded motion information candidate list used in the prediction block is encoded by the specified index information; and the motion information conversion step is to convert the pre-recorded motion information candidate; and the motion compensation pre- The measuring step is based on the pre-recording motion information candidate, and the motion compensation prediction is performed by either the single prediction or the double prediction to generate a prediction signal of the prediction block that is the pre-coding target. The pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform predictive conversion. In the pre-recorded sports information candidate, the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction is converted into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction; the pre-recording motion compensation prediction step is as a pre-record When the block size of the prediction block of the encoding target is the predetermined first size, and the predicted seed information indicates the pre-hyperpred prediction, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed based on the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為送訊方法。該方法係具備:封包處理步驟,係將藉由動態影像編碼方法所編碼而成的編碼串流進行封包化而獲得編碼資料;該動態影像編碼方法係從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,生成前記編碼串流;和送訊步驟,係將已被封包化之前記編碼資料,予以發送。前記動態影像編碼方法係具備:候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為編碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和編碼步驟,係將身為前記編碼對象之前記預測區塊上所使用的前記運動資訊候補清單內的運動資訊候補予以指定的索引資訊,予以編碼;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補 償預測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記編碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is a method of transmitting. The method includes: a packet processing step of packetizing a coded stream encoded by a motion picture coding method to obtain coded data; the motion picture coding method is phase-divided into multiple blocks from the image The predicted block is specified in the block, and the pre-coded stream is generated in the specific predicted block unit; and the sending step is to encode the data before being encapsulated and sent. The pre-recorded video coding method has a candidate list construction step of deriving motion information from at least one of a block adjacent to a prediction block that is a coding target and a temporally adjacent block. As a motion information candidate of the prediction block of the preamble encoding object, a motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and the encoding step is performed as a pre-recording target The motion information candidate in the pre-recorded motion information candidate list used in the prediction block is encoded by the specified index information; and the motion information conversion step is to convert the pre-recorded motion information candidate; The prediction step is based on the pre-recorded motion information candidate, and the motion prediction prediction is performed by either the single prediction or the double prediction to generate a prediction signal of the prediction block that is the pre-recorded target. The pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform predictive conversion. In the pre-recorded sports information candidate, the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction is converted into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction; the pre-recording motion compensation prediction step is as a pre-record When the block size of the prediction block of the encoding target is the predetermined first size, and the predicted seed information indicates the pre-hyperpred prediction, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed based on the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion.

本發明的某個態樣的動態影像解碼裝置,係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼裝置,其係具備:解碼部(1108),係從前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構部(3604),係從與前記身為解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換部(3605),係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測部(1114),係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測 訊號。前記運動資訊轉換部(3605),係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測部(1114),係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 A dynamic image decoding apparatus according to a certain aspect of the present invention belongs to a block in which a prediction block is specified from a block in which an image is hierarchically divided into a plurality of blocks, and the code is encoded in the specific prediction block unit. The video decoding device that is decoded by the stream includes: a decoding unit (1108) that decodes the index information specifying the motion information of the prediction block before the decoding target from the pre-coded stream; and The candidate list construction unit (3604) derives motion information from at least one of a block adjacent to the prediction block previously recorded as the decoding target and a temporally adjacent block, and is regarded as a predecessor. a motion information candidate of the prediction block of the decoding target, and a motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and the motion information conversion unit (3605) assigns the pre-recorded motion information candidate And the motion compensation prediction unit (1114) is based on the motion information specified by the pre-index information among the pre-recorded motion information candidates, and is performed by either single prediction or double prediction. Compensated prediction to generate a prediction of the block to be decoded before referred to as a prediction Signal. The pre-recorded motion information conversion unit (3605) performs predictive conversion, and converts the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction in the pre-recorded motion information candidate; the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction unit (1114) When the block size of the prediction block that is the predecessor decoding target is the first size, and the predicted type information of the motion information that has been specified before is the pre-recorded double prediction, based on the prediction conversion by the pre-recording The motion information that is converted into is used to perform the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction.

本發明的另一態樣,係亦為動態影像解碼裝置。該裝置係屬於將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼裝置,該編碼串流係以動態影像之各圖像所分割而成之區塊單位、使用運動補償預測而將前記動態影像予以編碼而成者;具備:解碼部(1108),係從前記編碼串流解碼出運動補償預測中所使用之資訊,並且從該已解碼之運動補償預測中所使用之資訊,獲得:第1控制參數(inter_4x4_enable),係用來指定,是否許可已被指定之第1尺寸之預測區塊尺寸時的運動補償預測;和第2控制參數(inter_bipred_restriction_idc),係用來指定,將已被指定之第2尺寸以下之預測區塊尺寸時的雙預測之運動補償予以禁止的前記第2尺寸;和運動補償預測部(1114),係使用前記運動補償預測中所使用之資訊,來生成解碼對象預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動補償預測部(1114),係基於前記第1及第2控制參數,來進行運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is also a motion picture decoding device. The device belongs to a motion picture decoding device for decoding a coded stream, which is a block unit obtained by dividing each image of a motion picture, and encoding the pre-recorded motion picture using motion compensation prediction. The decoding unit (1108) is configured to decode the information used in the motion compensation prediction from the pre-coded stream, and obtain the first control parameter (inter_4x4_enable) from the information used in the decoded motion compensation prediction. ) is used to specify whether to approve the motion compensation prediction when the predicted block size of the first size is specified; and the second control parameter (inter_bipred_restriction_idc) is used to specify the second size that has been designated. The second size of the pre-predicted motion compensation for predicting the block size is prohibited; and the motion compensation prediction unit (1114) uses the information used in the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction to generate a prediction of the prediction target block. Signal. The pre-motion compensation prediction unit (1114) performs motion compensation prediction based on the first and second control parameters.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為動態影像解碼方法。該方法係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼方法,其係具備:解碼步驟,係從前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is a motion picture decoding method. The method belongs to a dynamic image decoding method in which a prediction block is specified from a block in which an image is hierarchically divided into a plurality of blocks, and the encoded stream is decoded in the specific prediction block unit. The method includes: a decoding step of decoding, in the pre-coded stream, an index information specifying a motion information of a prediction block before decoding; and a candidate list construction step, which is a decoding target Predicting at least one of the spatially adjacent block and the temporally adjacent block, the motion information is derived, and is regarded as a motion information candidate of the predicted block as the pre-recorded decoding object, from the derived motion In the information, the sports information candidate list is constructed by registering the scheduled sports information; and the motion information conversion step is to convert the pre-recording motion information candidate; and the motion compensation prediction step is based on the pre-recorded information information in the pre-recording sports information candidate. The specified motion information, and the motion prediction prediction is performed by either single prediction or double prediction to generate a prediction as a pre-recorded object. Prediction signal block. The pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform predictive conversion. In the pre-recorded sports information candidate, the predicted type information indicating the pre-recorded double prediction is converted into the predicted type information indicating the pre-record prediction; the pre-recording motion compensation prediction step is as a pre-record When the block size of the prediction block of the decoding target is the predetermined first size, and the predicted seed information of the motion information that has been designated before is the pre-recorded double prediction, the motion information converted based on the pre-predictive conversion is used. , to carry out the pre-recording motion compensation prediction.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為收訊裝置。該裝置係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中 特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將動態影像被編碼而成之編碼串流予以接收並解碼的收訊裝置,其係具備:收訊部,係將前記編碼串流所被封包化而成的編碼資料,予以接收;和復原部,係將已被接收到的前記編碼串流進行封包處理,以復原出原本的編碼串流;和解碼部,係從已被復原之前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構部,係從與前記身為解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換部,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測部,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換部,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示以前記雙預測來進行前記運動補償預測的預測種別資訊,轉換成表示以前記單預測來進行前記運動補償預測的預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測部,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的前記預測種別資訊是表示以前記雙預測來進行前記運動補償預測時,則藉由已被前記預測轉換所轉換過的前記預測種別資訊,來進行前記運動補償預 測。 Another aspect of the invention is a receiving device. The device belongs to a block in which an image is segmented into multiple blocks in stages. And a receiving device that receives and decodes the encoded stream in which the moving image is encoded by using the specific prediction block, and the receiving device includes: a receiving unit, which is a pre-coded stream The encoded data that is encapsulated is received, and the restoring unit performs packet processing on the received pre-coded stream to recover the original encoded stream; and the decoding unit is restored In the previously recorded code stream, the index information specifying the motion information of the prediction block before decoding is decoded; and the candidate list construction unit is spatially adjacent to the prediction block which is the decoding target. At least one of the block and the temporally adjacent block, the motion information is derived, and the motion information candidate is regarded as the prediction block of the pre-recorded decoding target, and the mobile information is extracted from the derived motion information. Sports information and construct a list of sports information candidates; and the sports information conversion department converts the pre-recorded sports information candidates; and the motion compensation prediction department is based on the pre-recorded sports information candidates. Is referred to before the specified index information motion information, or predicted by any single one of the bi-predictive motion compensated prediction to generate a prediction signal of the prediction blocks of the decoded as referred to before. The pre-recording motion information conversion unit performs predictive conversion, and in the pre-recorded motion information candidate, predicts the type information of the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction by the previous bi-prediction, and converts it into a prediction indicating the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction. The pre-recorded motion compensation prediction unit is a pre-recorded predictive type information indicating that the block size of the prediction block of the pre-recorded decoding target is the first size, and the pre-recorded motion information is the previous double prediction. When performing the pre-recording motion compensation prediction, the pre-recording motion compensation pre-preparation is performed by the pre-recorded prediction type information that has been converted by the pre-recorded prediction conversion. Measurement.

本發明的另一其他態樣,係為收訊方法。該方法係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將動態影像被編碼而成之編碼串流予以接收並解碼的收訊方法,其係具備:收訊步驟,係將前記編碼串流所被封包化而成的編碼資料,予以接收;和復原步驟,係將已被接收到的前記編碼串流進行封包處理,以復原出原本的編碼串流;和解碼步驟,係從已被復原之前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號。前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,在前記運動資訊候補當中,將表示以前記雙預測來進行前記運動補償預測的預測種別資訊,轉換成表示以前記單預測來進行前記運動補償預測的預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1 尺寸時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的前記預測種別資訊是表示以前記雙預測來進行前記運動補償預測時,則藉由已被前記預測轉換所轉換過的前記預測種別資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 Another aspect of the present invention is a receiving method. The method belongs to a specific prediction block from a block in which an image is segmented into a plurality of blocks, and the encoded stream encoded by the dynamic image is received by the specific predicted block unit. And a decoding method for decoding, which comprises: a receiving step of receiving encoded data obtained by encapsulating a preamble encoded stream; and a restoring step of performing a pre-recorded encoded stream that has been received a packet processing to restore the original encoded stream; and a decoding step of decoding the motion information specifying the motion information of the prediction block before the decoding target from the encoded stream before being restored; and The candidate list construction step is to derive motion information from at least one of a block adjacent to the prediction block that is the predecessor decoding target and a temporally adjacent block, and is regarded as a predecessor decoding object. Predicting the motion information candidate of the block, constructing a motion information candidate list from the derived motion information by registering the determined motion information; and moving the information conversion step, The information candidate is converted; and the motion compensation prediction step is based on the motion information specified by the pre-recorded index information in the pre-recorded motion information candidate, and the motion compensation prediction is generated by either the single prediction or the double prediction to generate the pre-record decoding. The prediction signal of the prediction block of the object. The pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform prediction conversion. In the pre-recording motion information candidate, the prediction type information indicating the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is recorded in the previous bi-prediction, and converted into a prediction indicating the pre-recording motion compensation prediction. Kind of information; the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction step is the block size of the prediction block that is the pre-recorded decoding object. In the case of the size, and the pre-recorded prediction type information of the motion information that has been designated is the previous record, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed by the pre-recorded prediction conversion, and the pre-recorded prediction information is converted by the pre-recorded prediction conversion. Motion compensation forecast.

此外,即使將以上構成要素之任意組合、本發明之表現,在方法、裝置、系統、記錄媒體、電腦程式等之間做轉換而成者,對本發明的態樣而言皆為有效。 Further, even if any combination of the above constituent elements and the expression of the present invention are converted between a method, an apparatus, a system, a recording medium, a computer program, etc., it is effective for the aspect of the present invention.

若依據本發明,則可將參照圖像之記憶體存取量限制成所定量以下,同時可提升編碼效率。 According to the present invention, the memory access amount of the reference image can be limited to a predetermined amount or less, and the encoding efficiency can be improved.

100‧‧‧輸入端子 100‧‧‧Input terminal

101‧‧‧輸入影像記憶體 101‧‧‧ Input image memory

102‧‧‧編碼區塊取得部 102‧‧‧Code Block Acquisition Department

103‧‧‧減算部 103‧‧‧Decrease Department

104‧‧‧正交轉換.量化部 104‧‧‧Orthogonal conversion. Quantization department

105‧‧‧預測誤差編碼部 105‧‧‧Predictive Error Coding Section

106‧‧‧逆量化.逆轉換部 106‧‧‧ inverse quantization. Reverse conversion unit

107‧‧‧加算部 107‧‧‧Additional Department

108‧‧‧畫格內解碼影像緩衝區 108‧‧‧Digital decoding image buffer

109‧‧‧迴圈濾波器部 109‧‧‧Circle Filter Department

110‧‧‧解碼影像記憶體 110‧‧‧Decoding image memory

111‧‧‧運動向量偵測部 111‧‧‧Motion Vector Detection Department

112‧‧‧運動補償預測部 112‧‧‧Sports Compensation Forecasting Department

113‧‧‧運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部 113‧‧‧Moving Compensation Prediction Block Structure Selection Department

114‧‧‧畫面內預測部 114‧‧‧Intra-frame prediction department

115‧‧‧畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部 115‧‧‧Intra-screen prediction block structure selection

116‧‧‧預測模式選擇部 116‧‧‧ Prediction Mode Selection Department

117‧‧‧編碼區塊構造選擇部 117‧‧‧Code Block Structure Selection Department

118‧‧‧區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部 118‧‧‧ Block Structure/Predictive Mode Information Additional Information Coding Department

119‧‧‧預測模式資訊記憶體 119‧‧‧ Prediction mode information memory

120‧‧‧多工化部 120‧‧‧Multi-industry

121‧‧‧輸出端子 121‧‧‧Output terminal

122‧‧‧編碼區塊控制參數生成部 122‧‧‧ Code block control parameter generation unit

1100‧‧‧輸入端子 1100‧‧‧Input terminal

1101‧‧‧多工分離部 1101‧‧‧Multiple separation department

1102‧‧‧預測差分資訊解碼部 1102‧‧‧Predictive Differential Information Decoding Department

1103‧‧‧逆量化.逆轉換部 1103‧‧‧ inverse quantization. Reverse conversion unit

1104‧‧‧加算部 1104‧‧‧Additional Department

1105‧‧‧畫格內解碼影像緩衝區 1105‧‧‧Digital decoding image buffer

1106‧‧‧迴圈濾波器部 1106‧‧‧Circle Filter Division

1107‧‧‧解碼影像記憶體 1107‧‧‧Decoding image memory

1108‧‧‧預測模式/區塊構造解碼部 1108‧‧‧ Prediction Mode/Block Structure Decoding Department

1109‧‧‧預測模式/區塊構造選擇部 1109‧‧‧ Prediction Mode/Block Structure Selection Department

1110‧‧‧畫面內預測資訊解碼部 1110‧‧‧Intra-frame prediction information decoding department

1111‧‧‧運動資訊解碼部 1111‧‧‧Sports Information Decoding Department

1112‧‧‧預測模式資訊記憶體 1112‧‧‧ Prediction mode information memory

1113‧‧‧畫面內預測部 1113‧‧‧Intra-frame prediction department

1114‧‧‧運動補償預測部 1114‧‧‧Sports Compensation Forecasting Department

1115‧‧‧輸出端子 1115‧‧‧Output terminal

1500‧‧‧運動補償預測生成部 1500‧‧‧Motion Compensation Prediction Generation Department

1501‧‧‧預測誤差算出部 1501‧‧‧Predictive Error Calculation Unit

1502‧‧‧預測向量算出部 1502‧‧‧prediction vector calculation unit

1503‧‧‧差分向量算出部 1503‧‧‧Differential Vector Calculation Unit

1504‧‧‧運動資訊編碼量算出部 1504‧‧‧Sports Information Coding Calculation Unit

1505‧‧‧預測模式/區塊構造評價部 1505‧‧‧ Prediction Mode/Block Structure Evaluation Department

1506‧‧‧結合運動資訊算出部 1506‧‧‧Combined Sports Information Calculation Department

1507‧‧‧結合運動資訊單預測轉換部 1507‧‧‧Combined Sports Information Sheet Forecasting and Conversion Department

1508‧‧‧結合運動補償預測生成部 1508‧‧‧ Combined with motion compensation prediction generation

1600‧‧‧空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部 1600‧‧‧ Space combined with sports information candidate list generation unit

1601‧‧‧結合運動資訊候補清單刪除部 1601‧‧‧Combined Sports Information Waiting List Removal Department

1602‧‧‧時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部 1602‧‧‧Time combined with sports information candidate list generation unit

1603‧‧‧第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部 1603‧‧‧1st combined sports information candidate list addition section

1604‧‧‧第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部 1604‧‧‧2nd combined sports information candidate list addition section

3600‧‧‧運動資訊位元串流解碼部 3600‧‧‧Sports Information Bit Stream Decoding Department

3601‧‧‧預測向量算出部 3601‧‧‧prediction vector calculation unit

3602‧‧‧向量加算部 3602‧‧‧Vector Addition Department

3603‧‧‧運動補償預測解碼部 3603‧‧‧Moving Compensation Prediction Decoding Department

3604‧‧‧結合運動資訊算出部 3604‧‧‧Combined Sports Information Calculation Department

3605‧‧‧結合運動資訊單預測轉換部 3605‧‧‧Combined Sports Information Sheet Forecast Conversion Department

3606‧‧‧結合運動補償預測解碼部 3606‧‧‧ Combined with motion compensation prediction decoding unit

[圖1]本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像編碼裝置之構成的圖示。 Fig. 1 is a view showing the configuration of a moving image encoding device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖2]編碼對象影像之分割構造之一例的圖示。 FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of a division structure of a coding target image.

[圖3]CU/預測區塊尺寸之詳細定義的圖示。 [Fig. 3] A diagram showing a detailed definition of a CU/predicted block size.

[圖4]圖4(a)~(d)係運動補償預測之預測種別的說明圖。 4(a) to 4(d) are explanatory diagrams of prediction types of motion compensation prediction.

[圖5]本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像編碼裝置中的編碼區塊單位之編碼處理之動作流程的流程圖。 FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an operational flow of coding processing in a coding block unit in the video encoding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖6]圖5的步驟S503中的CU預測模式/預測訊號生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 6 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the CU prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing in step S503 of FIG. 5.

[圖7]圖6的步驟S608中的運動補償預測區塊(PU)尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理之詳細動作的說明用 流程圖。 [Fig. 7] Description of the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction block (PU) size selection/prediction signal generation processing in step S608 of Fig. 6 flow chart.

[圖8]圖8(a)(b)係將本發明的實施形態1中的運動補償預測中所使用之運動資訊予以編碼所需的2個預測模式的說明圖。 8(a) and 8(b) are explanatory diagrams showing two prediction modes required for encoding motion information used in motion compensation prediction in the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖9]運動補償預測中使用了水平.垂直7節濾波器時的運動補償預測所必須之參照影像記憶體量之概算值的圖示。 [Fig. 9] The level is used in the motion compensation prediction. A graphical representation of the estimated value of the reference image memory quantity necessary for motion compensation prediction in a vertical 7-segment filter.

[圖10]本發明的實施形態1所述之,將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以控制的控制參數的說明圖。 Fig. 10 is an explanatory diagram of control parameters for controlling block size and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖11]本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像解碼裝置之構成的圖示。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing the configuration of a motion picture decoding device according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.

[圖12]本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像解碼裝置中的編碼區塊單位之解碼處理之動作流程的流程圖。 FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an operational flow of decoding processing of a coding block unit in the video decoding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖13]圖12的步驟S1202中的CU單位解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 13 is a flowchart for explaining a detailed operation of the CU unit decoding process in step S1202 of FIG.

[圖14]圖13的步驟S1310中的CU單位運動補償預測解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 14 is a flowchart for explaining a detailed operation of the CU unit motion compensation prediction decoding process in step S1310 of FIG.

[圖15]本發明的實施形態1的動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部之詳細構成的圖示。 FIG. 15 is a view showing a detailed configuration of a motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit in the motion picture coding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖16]結合運動資訊算出部之構成的圖示。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the configuration of a combined motion information calculation unit.

[圖17]透過圖15之運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部而動作的,圖7之步驟S701、S702、S703、S705亦即運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成之動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 17 is a flow chart for explaining the operation of the motion compensation prediction mode/predictive signal generation in steps S701, S702, S703, and S705 of FIG. 7 by the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit of FIG.

[圖18]圖17之步驟S1701中的結合運動資訊候補清 單生成的詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 [Fig. 18] The combined motion information candidate in step S1701 of Fig. 17 The flow of the detailed action of the single generation is described.

[圖19]空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成時所使用的空間候補區塊群的圖示。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a space candidate block group used when the space combined motion information candidate list is generated.

[圖20]圖18之步驟S1800中的空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 20 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the spatial combined motion information candidate list generating process in step S1800 of FIG. 18.

[圖21]圖18的步驟S1801中的結合運動資訊候補刪除處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart for explaining a detailed operation of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing in step S1801 of FIG. 18.

[圖22]結合運動資訊候補為4個時的清單中的候補的比較關係的圖示。 FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a comparison relationship of candidates in the list when the motion information candidates are four.

[圖23]圖23(a)(b)係結合運動資訊候補之比較內容之一例的圖示。 23(a) and 23(b) are diagrams showing an example of comparison contents of combined motion information candidates.

[圖24]時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成時所使用的時間候補區塊群的圖示。 FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a time candidate block group used when the time is combined with the motion information candidate list.

[圖25]圖18之步驟S1802中的時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the time combined motion information candidate list generation processing in step S1802 of FIG. 18.

[圖26]相對於對時間結合運動資訊的基準運動向量值ColMv,對L0預測、L1預測而登錄之運動向量值mvL0t、mvL1t的算出手法的說明圖。 [Fig. 26] An explanatory diagram of a method of calculating motion vector values mvL0t and mvL1t registered for L0 prediction and L1 prediction with respect to the reference motion vector value ColMv for temporally combined motion information.

[圖27]圖18之步驟S1803中的第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 27 is a flowchart for explaining a detailed operation of the first combined motion information candidate list addition processing in step S1803 of FIG. 18.

[圖28]第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加處理中的,組合檢查次數與結合運動資訊候補M與結合運動資訊候補N之關係的說明圖。 [Fig. 28] An explanatory diagram of the relationship between the number of combined inspections and the combined motion information candidate M and the combined motion information candidate N in the first combined motion information candidate list addition processing.

[圖29]圖18之步驟S1804中的第2結合運動資訊候 補清單追加處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 29] The second combined motion information in step S1804 of FIG. A flowchart is used for explaining the detailed operation of the list addition processing.

[圖30]圖17的步驟S1703中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 30 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing in step S1703 of FIG. 17.

[圖31]圖17的步驟S1704中的結合預測模式評價值生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 31 is a flowchart for explaining a detailed operation of the combined prediction mode evaluation value generation processing in step S1704 of FIG. 17.

[圖32]結合運動資訊候補數為5時的Truncated Unary編碼列的圖示。 FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a Truncated Unary coded column when the number of motion information candidates is five.

[圖33]圖17的步驟S1705中的預測模式評價值生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 33 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the prediction mode evaluation value generation processing in step S1705 of FIG. 17.

[圖34]預測區塊的運動資訊之相關語法。 [Fig. 34] A syntax for predicting motion information of a block.

[圖35]將預測區塊尺寸所致之雙預測及預測處理之限制加以控制之參數的相關之語法。 [Fig. 35] A syntax for correlating parameters for controlling the prediction of the double prediction and prediction processing due to the block size.

[圖36]本發明的實施形態1的動態影像解碼裝置中的運動資訊解碼部之詳細構成的圖示。 FIG. 36 is a view showing a detailed configuration of a motion information decoding unit in the video decoding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖37]圖14的步驟S1402、S1406、S1408、S1410中的預測區塊單位解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 37 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the prediction block unit decoding process in steps S1402, S1406, S1408, and S1410 of FIG. 14.

[圖38]圖37的步驟S3702中的運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 38 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion information decoding process in step S3702 of FIG. 37.

[圖39]圖38的步驟S3801中的結合預測運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 39 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined predicted motion information decoding process in step S3801 of FIG. 38.

[圖40]圖38的步驟S3805中的預測運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 40 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the predicted motion information decoding process in step S3805 of FIG. 38.

[圖41]與等級連動的預測區塊尺寸控制參數之限制之一例。 [Fig. 41] An example of the limitation of the prediction block size control parameter associated with the level.

[圖42]本發明的實施形態1之另一構成中的預測區塊尺寸之分割構造的圖示。 Fig. 42 is a view showing a division structure of a prediction block size in another configuration of the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖43]本發明的實施形態1的另一構成中的,將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以控制的控制參數的說明圖。 [Fig. 43] An explanatory diagram of control parameters for controlling the block size and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction in another configuration of the first embodiment of the present invention.

[圖44]本發明的實施形態1中,將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以控制的2個控制參數,整合成1個編碼傳輸參數之一例。 [Fig. 44] In the first embodiment of the present invention, two control parameters for controlling the block size and prediction processing of the motion compensation prediction are integrated into one example of one code transmission parameter.

[圖45]本發明的實施形態2所述之,將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以控制的控制參數的說明圖。 Fig. 45 is an explanatory diagram of control parameters for controlling block size and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction according to the second embodiment of the present invention.

[圖46]本發明的實施形態2所述之,將雙預測加以控制之控制參數與預測區塊尺寸之關係的圖示。 Fig. 46 is a view showing the relationship between the control parameter for controlling the double prediction and the predicted block size as described in the second embodiment of the present invention.

[圖47]本發明的實施形態2中的,將預測區塊尺寸所致之雙預測及預測處理之限制加以控制之參數的相關之語法之一例。 [Fig. 47] An example of a syntax relating to a parameter for controlling the restriction of the double prediction and the prediction process due to the prediction of the block size in the second embodiment of the present invention.

[圖48]本發明的實施形態3中的結合運動資訊候補生成時的空間周邊預測區塊之定義之一例的圖示。 FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of definition of a spatial neighboring prediction block at the time of generating a combined motion information candidate in the third embodiment of the present invention.

[圖49]本發明的實施形態3中的,運動補償預測區塊(PU)尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 Fig. 49 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction block (PU) size selection/prediction signal generation processing in the third embodiment of the present invention.

[圖50]本發明的實施形態3中的,運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 [Fig. 50] A flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing in the third embodiment of the present invention.

[圖51]本發明的實施形態3中的,結合預測運動資訊解碼處理之一例之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 [Fig. 51] A flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of an example of the combined motion information decoding processing in the third embodiment of the present invention.

[圖52]本發明的實施形態4中的,運動補償預測區塊生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 [Fig. 52] A flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction block generation processing in the fourth embodiment of the present invention.

[圖53]本發明的實施形態5中的,結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 [Fig. 53] A flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined motion information candidate list generation processing in the fifth embodiment of the present invention.

[圖54]本發明的實施形態5中的,結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 Fig. 54 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing in the fifth embodiment of the present invention.

[圖55]本發明的實施形態6中的,結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 Fig. 55 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing in the sixth embodiment of the present invention.

以下,連同圖面來詳細說明本發明的實施形態所述之動態影像編碼裝置、動態影像編碼方法、動態影像編碼程式、以及動態影像解碼裝置、動態影像解碼方法、動態影像解碼程式的理想實施形態。此外,圖面的說明中,對同一要素係賦予同一符號,並省略重複說明。 Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of a motion picture coding apparatus, a motion picture coding method, a motion picture coding program, and a motion picture decoding apparatus, a motion picture decoding method, and a motion picture decoding program according to embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. . In the description of the drawings, the same reference numerals will be given to the same elements, and overlapping description will be omitted.

(實施形態1) (Embodiment 1) 〔動態影像編碼裝置全體構成〕 [General configuration of motion picture coding device]

圖1係本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像編碼裝置之構成的圖示。以下,說明各部的動作。實施形態1所述的動態影像編碼裝置,係具備:輸入端子100、輸入影像記憶體101、編碼區塊取得部102、減算部103、正交轉換.量化部104、預測誤差編碼部105、逆量化.逆轉換部106、加算部107、畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108、迴圈 濾波器部109、解碼影像記憶體110、運動向量偵測部111、運動補償預測部112、運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113、畫面內預測部114、畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115、預測模式選擇部116、編碼區塊構造選擇部117、區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118、預測模式資訊記憶體119、多工化部120、輸出端子121、及編碼區塊控制參數生成部122。 Fig. 1 is a view showing the configuration of a motion picture coding apparatus according to a first embodiment of the present invention. Hereinafter, the operation of each unit will be described. The motion picture coding apparatus according to the first embodiment includes an input terminal 100, an input video memory 101, a coded block acquisition unit 102, a subtraction unit 103, and orthogonal conversion. The quantization unit 104, the prediction error coding unit 105, and inverse quantization. Inverse conversion unit 106, addition unit 107, in-frame decoded image buffer 108, loop The filter unit 109, the decoded image memory 110, the motion vector detecting unit 111, the motion compensation predicting unit 112, the motion compensation prediction block structure selecting unit 113, the intra-screen prediction unit 114, the intra-screen prediction block structure selecting unit 115, Prediction mode selection unit 116, coding block structure selection unit 117, block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118, prediction mode information memory 119, multiplexing unit 120, output terminal 121, and coding block control parameters The generating unit 122.

由輸入端子100所輸入的影像訊號,係被儲存在輸入影像記憶體101中,藉由輸入影像記憶體101,對編碼對象圖像的處理對象之影像訊號,會被輸入至編碼區塊取得部102。藉由編碼區塊取得部102基於編碼對象區塊的位置資訊而被切出的編碼對象區塊之影像訊號,係被供給至減算部103、運動向量偵測部111、運動補償預測部112、及畫面內預測部114。 The image signal input from the input terminal 100 is stored in the input image memory 101, and the image signal of the processing target image is input to the code block obtaining unit by inputting the image memory 101. 102. The video signal of the coding target block that is cut out by the coding block acquisition unit 102 based on the position information of the coding target block is supplied to the subtraction unit 103, the motion vector detection unit 111, and the motion compensation prediction unit 112. And the intra prediction unit 114.

圖2係編碼對象影像之一例的圖示。關於實施形態1所述之預測區塊尺寸,係如圖2所示般地,編碼對象影像是以64×64像素的編碼區塊單位而被編碼處理,預測區塊係將編碼區塊當作基準而被構成。最大預測區塊尺寸係為和編碼區塊同樣地64×64像素,最小預測區塊尺寸係為4×4像素。CU的往預測區塊之分割構成,係可為非分割(2N×2N)、對水平.垂直之分割(N×N)、僅對水平方向之分割(2N×N)、僅對垂直方向之分割(N×2N)。在對水平.垂直分割的情況下,可將再水平.垂直地分割之預測區塊視為編碼區塊(CU)而階層 式地分割成預測區塊,將其階層以CU分割數來表現。將已被4分割的CU的上位階層CU來看的分割領域,在此定義成分割1、分割2、分割3、分割4。 Fig. 2 is a diagram showing an example of a coding target image. Regarding the prediction block size described in the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the encoding target image is encoded by a coding block unit of 64 × 64 pixels, and the prediction block is regarded as a coding block. It is constructed based on the benchmark. The maximum prediction block size is 64 x 64 pixels as in the coding block, and the minimum prediction block size is 4 x 4 pixels. The division of the CU into the prediction block can be non-segmented (2N×2N) and horizontal. Vertical division (N × N), division only in the horizontal direction (2N × N), division only in the vertical direction (N × 2N). At the level. In the case of vertical segmentation, it can be re-leveled. The vertically partitioned prediction block is treated as a coding block (CU) and a hierarchy It is divided into prediction blocks, and its hierarchy is represented by the number of CU divisions. The divided areas seen by the upper level CU of the CU that has been divided into four are defined as split 1, split 2, split 3, and split 4 here.

圖3係預測區塊尺寸之詳細定義之一例的圖示。CU的區塊尺寸(CU尺寸),係從CU分割數(CU_Depth)為0的64像素×64像素、至CU分割數為3的8×8像素為止而被定義,而會存在有,從最大預測區塊尺寸係為CU_Depth=0且非分割(2N×2N)的64像素×64像素,至最小預測區塊尺寸係為CU_Depth=3且朝水平.垂直分割(N×N)的4像素×4像素為止的有這些預測區塊尺寸。 Figure 3 is a graphical representation of an example of a detailed definition of the predicted block size. The block size (CU size) of the CU is defined from 64 pixels × 64 pixels with a CU partition number (CU_Depth) of 0 and 8 × 8 pixels with a CU partition number of 3, and there is a maximum The prediction block size is CU_Depth=0 and non-segmented (2N×2N) 64 pixels×64 pixels, and the minimum prediction block size is CU_Depth=3 and is horizontal. These prediction block sizes are available up to 4 pixels × 4 pixels vertically divided (N × N).

使用畫面間之相關來進行預測、進行運動補償預測時的預測區塊尺寸,係相對於CU往預測區塊之分割構成,將僅朝水平方向做分割(2N×N)、僅朝垂直方向做分割(N×2N)設成可能,可以定義共13種預測區塊尺寸,但使用畫面內之相關來進行預測的畫面內預測時的預測區塊尺寸,係不將僅朝水平方向做分割(2N×N)、僅朝垂直方向做分割(N×2N)設成可能,因此定義了共5種預測區塊尺寸。 The prediction block size when the prediction is performed using the correlation between the pictures and the motion compensation prediction is performed, and the division is made with respect to the CU to the prediction block, and the division is performed only in the horizontal direction (2N×N), and only in the vertical direction. The division (N × 2N) is made possible, and a total of 13 prediction block sizes can be defined, but the prediction block size at the time of intra prediction using the correlation in the picture is not divided into horizontal directions only ( 2N×N), it is possible to divide only in the vertical direction (N×2N), so a total of five prediction block sizes are defined.

關於本發明的實施形態1所述之預測區塊的分割構成,並不限定於此一組合。可定義的編碼區塊尺寸,係使用圖3所示的Maximum_cu_size或Minimum_cu_size等之控制參數來設定最大CU尺寸或最小CU尺寸,藉由將這些控制參數予以編碼.解碼,就可令其產生變化。 The division configuration of the prediction block according to the first embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this combination. The definable coding block size is set by using the control parameters such as Maximum_cu_size or Minimum_cu_size shown in FIG. 3 to set the maximum CU size or the minimum CU size by encoding these control parameters. Decoding can make changes.

回到圖1,減算部103,係將編碼區塊取得部102所供給之影像訊號與編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之預測訊號進行減算,以算出預測誤差訊號,將預測誤差訊號供給至正交轉換.量化部104。 Referring back to FIG. 1, the subtraction unit 103 subtracts the video signal supplied from the coded block acquisition unit 102 and the prediction signal supplied from the coded block structure selection unit 117 to calculate a prediction error signal, and supplies the prediction error signal to Orthogonal conversion. Quantization unit 104.

正交轉換.量化部104,係對於減算部103所供給的預測誤差訊號,實施正交轉換及量化,將已被量化之預測誤差訊號,供給至預測誤差編碼部105及逆量化.逆轉換部106。 Orthogonal conversion. The quantization unit 104 performs orthogonal conversion and quantization on the prediction error signal supplied from the subtraction unit 103, and supplies the quantized prediction error signal to the prediction error coding unit 105 and inverse quantization. The inverse conversion unit 106.

預測誤差編碼部105,係將正交轉換.量化部104所供給之已被量化之預測誤差訊號,進行熵編碼,生成相對於預測誤差訊號的編碼列,供給至多工化部120。 The prediction error coding unit 105 converts orthogonally. The quantized prediction error signal supplied from the quantization unit 104 is entropy encoded, and a coded sequence with respect to the prediction error signal is generated and supplied to the multiplexer 120.

逆量化.逆轉換部106,係對正交轉換.量化部104所供給之已被量化之預測誤差訊號,進行逆量化或逆正交轉換等之處理,生成解碼預測誤差訊號而供給至加算部107。 Inverse quantization. The inverse conversion unit 106 is for orthogonal conversion. The quantized prediction error signal supplied from the quantization unit 104 performs processing such as inverse quantization or inverse orthogonal conversion, and generates a decoded prediction error signal, which is supplied to the addition unit 107.

加算部107,係將逆量化.逆轉換部106所供給之解碼預測誤差訊號、和編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之預測訊號,進行加算,以生成解碼影像訊號,將解碼影像訊號供給至畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108及迴圈濾波器部109。 The adding unit 107 will inversely quantize. The decoded prediction error signal supplied from the inverse conversion unit 106 and the prediction signal supplied from the coded block structure selection unit 117 are added to generate a decoded video signal, and the decoded video signal is supplied to the decoded image buffer 108 in the frame. Loop filter unit 109.

畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108,係將編碼對象區塊所相鄰之領域的同一畫格內的解碼影像,供給至畫面內預測部114,同時,將加算部107所供給的解碼影像訊號,加以儲存。 The in-frame decoded image buffer 108 supplies the decoded video in the same frame in the area adjacent to the encoding target block to the intra-screen prediction unit 114, and simultaneously decodes the decoded video signal supplied by the adding unit 107. Save it.

迴圈濾波器部109,係對加算部107所供給之解碼影像訊號,藉由施加濾波器而進行編碼所生失真之去除或接近於編碼前影像之復原處理,將進行濾波器處理之結果的解碼影像,供給至解碼影像記憶體110。 The loop filter unit 109 performs the processing of the filter processing by removing the distortion generated by the encoding by applying the filter or the restoration processing close to the pre-encoding image by applying the filter to the decoded video signal supplied from the adding unit 107. The decoded image is supplied to the decoded image memory 110.

解碼影像記憶體110,係將迴圈濾波器部109所供給之進行過濾波器處理的解碼影像訊號,加以儲存。又,針對影像全體之解碼已經完成的解碼影像,係視為參照影像,而記憶1以上之所定影像數,將參照影像號碼供給至運動向量偵測部111與運動補償預測部112。 The decoded image memory 110 stores the decoded video signal subjected to the filter processing supplied from the loop filter unit 109. Further, the decoded image in which the decoding of the entire image has been completed is regarded as a reference image, and the number of predetermined images of one or more is memorized, and the reference image number is supplied to the motion vector detecting unit 111 and the motion compensation predicting unit 112.

運動向量偵測部111,係接受編碼區塊取得部102所供給之編碼對象區塊的影像訊號、和解碼影像記憶體110中所記憶之參照影像訊號之輸入,對各參照影像偵測出運動向量,將運動向量值供給至運動補償預測部112及運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113。 The motion vector detecting unit 111 receives the input of the video signal of the encoding target block supplied from the encoding block obtaining unit 102 and the reference video signal stored in the decoded image memory 110, and detects the motion of each reference image. The vector supplies the motion vector value to the motion compensation prediction unit 112 and the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113.

一般的運動向量之偵測方法,係針對從與影像訊號同一位置起移動了所定之移動量的參照影像所相當之影像訊號,算出誤差評價值,將誤差評價值為最小的移動量,當作運動向量。作為誤差評價值,係可利用每一像素的差分絕對值之總和SAD(Sum of Absolute Difference)、或每一像素的平方誤差值的總和SSE(Sum of Square Error)等。甚至,關於運動向量之編碼的編碼量,也可包含在誤差評價值之中。 The general motion vector detection method is to calculate an error evaluation value for an image signal corresponding to a reference image that has moved by a predetermined amount of movement from the same position as the image signal, and to use a movement amount that minimizes the error evaluation value. Motion vector. As the error evaluation value, the sum Sap of Absolute Difference (SAD of Absolute Difference) of each pixel, or SSE (Sum of Square Error) of each pixel, or the like can be used. Even the code amount of the coding of the motion vector can be included in the error evaluation value.

運動補償預測部112,係依照運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113所指定的將預測區塊構造加以指定之資 訊及參照影像指定資訊、和運動向量偵測部111所輸入的運動向量值,而將解碼影像記憶體110內的參照影像指定資訊所示的參照影像,從與預測區塊的影像訊號同一位置起移動了一運動向量值所示之量的位置的影像訊號加以取得,以生成預測訊號。 The motion compensation prediction unit 112 specifies the prediction block structure specified by the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113. And the reference image specifying information and the motion vector value input by the motion vector detecting unit 111, and the reference video indicated by the reference video specifying information in the decoded image memory 110 is located at the same position as the video signal of the prediction block. The image signal of the position shifted by the amount indicated by the motion vector value is acquired to generate a prediction signal.

被運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113所指定的預測模式是來自單一參照影像之預測時,則將從1個參照影像所取得之預測訊號,視為運動補償預測訊號,若預測模式是來自2個參照影像的預測時,則將從2個參照影像所取得之預測訊號予以加權平均後的值,視為運動補償預測訊號,將運動補償預測訊號供給至預測模式選擇部116。此處係將雙預測的加權平均之比率,設成1:1。 When the prediction mode specified by the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 is a prediction from a single reference video, the prediction signal obtained from one reference video is regarded as a motion compensation prediction signal, and if the prediction mode is from 2 In the prediction of the reference video, the weighted average of the prediction signals obtained from the two reference images is regarded as a motion compensation prediction signal, and the motion compensation prediction signal is supplied to the prediction mode selection unit 116. Here, the ratio of the weighted average of the double prediction is set to 1:1.

圖4(a)~(d)係運動補償預測之預測種別的說明圖。將從單一之參照影像進行預測的處理定義為單預測,單預測時係利用稱作L0預測或L1預測之此種參照影像管理清單裡所被登錄的2個參照影像的其中一方,進行預測。 4(a) to (d) are explanatory diagrams of prediction types of motion compensation prediction. The process of predicting from a single reference image is defined as a single prediction, and the single prediction is performed by using one of the two reference images registered in the reference image management list called L0 prediction or L1 prediction.

圖4(a)係圖示了單預測且L0預測之參照影像(RefL0Pic)是位於比編碼對象影像(CurPic)還前面之時刻的情形。圖4(b)係圖示了單預測且L0預測之參照影像是位於比編碼對象影像還後面之時刻的情形。同樣地,亦可將圖4(a)及圖4(b)的L0預測之參照影像,置換成L1預測之參照影像(RefL1Pic)而進行單預測。 4(a) illustrates a case where the single prediction and the L0 predicted reference image (RefL0Pic) are located at a time before the encoding target image (CurPic). 4(b) illustrates a case where the single prediction and the reference image of the L0 prediction are located at a timing later than the image to be encoded. Similarly, the L0 predicted reference image of FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b) may be replaced with the L1 predicted reference image (RefL1Pic) to perform single prediction.

將從2個參照影像進行預測的處理定義為雙 預測,雙預測時係利用L0預測與L1預測之雙方而表現成BI預測。圖4(c)係圖示了雙預測且L0預測之參照影像是位於比編碼對象影像還前面之時刻,且L1預測之參照影像是位於比編碼對象影像還後面之時刻的情形。圖4(d)係圖示了雙預測且L0預測之參照影像與L1預測之參照影像是位於比編碼對象影像還前面之時刻的情形。如此,L0/L1之預測種別與時間的關係,係亦可不限定於L0是過去方向、L1是未來方向而使用之。又,在雙預測時,亦可使用同一參照圖像來分別進行L0預測及L1預測。此外,要將運動補償預測以單預測來進行還是以雙預測來進行的判斷,是根據例如表示是否利用L0預測及是否利用L1預測的資訊(例如旗標)來判斷。 The process of predicting from two reference images is defined as double In the prediction, the double prediction time is expressed as a BI prediction using both the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction. 4(c) illustrates a case where the bi-predicted and L0 predicted reference image is located before the encoding target image, and the L1 predicted reference image is located at a timing later than the encoding target image. 4(d) illustrates a case where the bi-predictive and L0 predicted reference image and the L1 predicted reference image are located at a time before the encoding target image. Thus, the relationship between the predicted species of L0/L1 and time is not limited to the fact that L0 is the past direction and L1 is the future direction. Further, in the case of double prediction, L0 prediction and L1 prediction may be separately performed using the same reference image. Further, the determination as to whether the motion compensation prediction is performed in a single prediction or in the double prediction is determined based on, for example, information indicating whether or not the L0 prediction is used and whether or not the L1 prediction is used.

雙預測係必須要對2個參照影像記憶體存取影像資訊,因此相較於單預測,有時候會需要2倍以上的記憶體頻寬。在構成硬體時,運動補償預測之預測區塊尺寸較小時的雙預測,會成為記憶體頻寬的瓶頸,在本發明的實施形態中係抑制記憶體頻寬的瓶頸。 The dual prediction system must access the image information for the two reference image memories, so sometimes more than twice the memory bandwidth is required compared to the single prediction. When the hardware is formed, the double prediction when the prediction block size of the motion compensation prediction is small becomes a bottleneck of the memory bandwidth, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the bottleneck of the memory bandwidth is suppressed.

回到圖1,運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,係根據運動向量偵測部111所輸入之對各參照影像所測出的運動向量值、和預測模式資訊記憶體119中所儲存之運動資訊(預測種別、運動向量值、及參照影像指定資訊),而被輸入著由編碼區塊控制參數生成部122所生成的、於實施形態1中所定義之預測區塊尺寸及運動補償預測模式的相關之控制參數,將基於控制參數所決定的、 對預測區塊尺寸及運動補償預測模式之各者所分別使用的參照影像指定資訊和運動向量值,設定至運動補償預測部112。藉由所設定的值,使用從運動補償預測部112所供給之運動補償預測訊號、和編碼區塊取得部102所供給之編碼對象區塊的影像訊號,來決定最佳的預測區塊尺寸與運動補償預測模式。 Referring back to FIG. 1, the motion compensation prediction block structure selecting unit 113 is based on the motion vector value measured for each reference image input by the motion vector detecting unit 111, and the motion stored in the prediction mode information memory 119. The information (prediction type, motion vector value, and reference image designation information) is input to the prediction block size and motion compensation prediction mode defined by the coding block control parameter generation unit 122 and defined in the first embodiment. The relevant control parameters will be determined based on the control parameters. The reference image specifying information and the motion vector value used for each of the prediction block size and the motion compensation prediction mode are set to the motion compensation prediction unit 112. The motion prediction prediction signal supplied from the motion compensation prediction unit 112 and the video signal of the coding target block supplied from the coding block acquisition unit 102 are used to determine the optimal prediction block size and Motion compensated prediction mode.

運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,係將已決定之預測區塊尺寸、運動補償預測模式、相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、及將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊,連同運動補償預測訊號及對預測誤差之誤差評價值,一起供給至預測模式選擇部116。 The motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 is configured to determine the predicted prediction block size, the motion compensation prediction mode, the prediction species corresponding to the prediction mode, the motion vector, and the information specifying the reference image specifying information, together with the motion compensation. The prediction signal and the error evaluation value for the prediction error are supplied to the prediction mode selection unit 116 together.

畫面內預測部114係依照畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115所指定的將預測區塊構造予以指定之資訊和所被定義之畫面內預測模式,使用畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108所供給之編碼對象區塊所相鄰之同一畫格內的解碼影像,來生成畫面內預測訊號,並供給至畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115。 The intra-screen prediction unit 114 supplies the information specifying the prediction block structure specified by the intra-prediction block structure selection unit 115 and the defined intra-picture prediction mode, which is supplied by the intra-frame decoded video buffer 108. The decoded video in the same frame adjacent to the coding target block is generated to generate an intra-frame prediction signal, and is supplied to the intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115.

畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115,係依照預測模式資訊記憶體119中所儲存之畫面內預測模式資訊和複數個已被定義之畫面內預測模式,而被輸入著由編碼區塊控制參數生成部122所生成、實施形態1中所定義之預測區塊尺寸之相關的控制參數,將對基於控制參數而被決定之各個預測區塊尺寸所分別使用的畫面內預測模式,設定至畫面內預測部114。藉由所設定的值,使用從畫面內預 測部114所供給之畫面內預測訊號、和編碼區塊取得部102所供給之編碼對象區塊的影像訊號,來決定最佳的預測區塊尺寸與畫面內預測模式。 The intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115 is input by the coding block control parameter in accordance with the intra-screen prediction mode information stored in the prediction mode information memory 119 and a plurality of defined intra-picture prediction modes. The control parameter generated by the unit 122 and implementing the prediction block size defined in the first embodiment sets the intra prediction mode used for each prediction block size determined based on the control parameter to the intra prediction. Part 114. By using the set value, use from the screen to pre- The intra-frame prediction signal supplied from the measurement unit 114 and the video signal of the coding target block supplied from the coding block acquisition unit 102 determine the optimal prediction block size and the intra-frame prediction mode.

又,畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115,係將用來特定已決定之預測區塊尺寸、畫面內預測模式之資訊,連同畫面內預測訊號及對預測誤差之誤差評價值,一起供給至預測模式選擇部116。 Further, the intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115 supplies the information for specifying the determined prediction block size and the intra-frame prediction mode together with the intra-frame prediction signal and the error evaluation value for the prediction error to the prediction. Mode selection unit 116.

預測模式選擇部116,係根據運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113所供給之已決定之預測區塊尺寸、運動補償預測模式、相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊、及對預測誤差之誤差評價值,和畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115所供給之已決定之預測區塊尺寸、畫面內預測模式、及對預測誤差之誤差評價值,而將階層式構成的CU尺寸單位的最佳預測模式,比較誤差評價值並選擇之。 The prediction mode selection unit 116 is based on the determined prediction block size, the motion compensation prediction mode, the prediction type corresponding to the prediction mode, the motion vector, and the reference image designation information supplied from the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113. Specific information, an error evaluation value for the prediction error, and a determined prediction block size, an intra prediction mode, and an error evaluation value for the prediction error supplied from the intra prediction block structure selection unit 115, and The optimal prediction mode of the CU size unit of the hierarchical structure is compared, and the error evaluation value is compared and selected.

作為已被預測模式選擇部116所選擇的CU尺寸單位的最佳預測模式資訊,預測區塊尺寸、預測訊號、誤差評價值的CU尺寸單位之總和,還有,若為運動補償預測已被選擇時則是運動補償預測模式、相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊、及運動補償預測訊號,若為畫面內預測已被選擇時則是畫面內預測模式、及畫面內預測訊號,會被供給至編碼區塊構造選擇部117。 As the optimal prediction mode information of the CU size unit selected by the prediction mode selection unit 116, the sum of the CU size units of the prediction block size, the prediction signal, and the error evaluation value, and if the motion compensation prediction has been selected The time is the motion compensation prediction mode, the prediction type corresponding to the prediction mode, the motion vector, the information specifying the reference image specifying information, and the motion compensation prediction signal, and if the intra prediction is selected, the intra prediction mode is The intra-frame prediction signal is supplied to the code block structure selection unit 117.

編碼區塊構造選擇部117,係根據預測模式選 擇部116所供給之CU尺寸單位的最佳預測模式資訊,而被輸入著由編碼區塊控制參數生成部122所生成、實施形態1中所定義之編碼區塊尺寸的相關之控制參數,在基於控制參數所決定之編碼區塊尺寸構成中選擇最佳的CU_Depth構成,將指定CU分割構成之資訊、和已被指定之每一分割構成的CU尺寸下的最佳之預測模式資訊和關連於預測模式之附加資訊(運動資訊、畫面內預測模式),供給至區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118,並且將已選擇之預測訊號,供給至減算部103及加算部107。 The coded block structure selection unit 117 selects according to the prediction mode. The optimal prediction mode information of the CU size unit supplied from the selection unit 116 is input with the control parameter related to the coding block size defined by the coding block control parameter generation unit 122 and implemented in the first embodiment. Based on the optimal CU_Depth composition of the coding block size determined by the control parameters, the information of the specified CU partition and the optimal prediction mode information under the CU size of each segmentation specified are related to The additional information (motion information, intra-screen prediction mode) of the prediction mode is supplied to the block structure/prediction mode information additional information encoding unit 118, and the selected prediction signal is supplied to the subtraction unit 103 and the addition unit 107.

區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118,係將編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之指定CU分割構成之資訊、和已指定之每一分割構成之CU尺寸下的最佳之預測模式資訊與關連於預測模式之附加資訊,和編碼區塊控制參數生成部122所供給之編碼區塊及預測區塊構造的相關之控制參數,依照所定的語法結構來進行編碼,藉此以將編碼區塊單位的CU分割構成與預測時所使用過的模式資訊,予以編碼,供給至多工化部120,並且將這些資訊,儲存在預測模式資訊記憶體119中。 The block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118 is configured to divide the information of the specified CU supplied by the coded block structure selection unit 117 and the optimal prediction mode under the CU size of each of the divided components. The information and the additional information related to the prediction mode, and the control parameters related to the coding block and the prediction block structure supplied from the coding block control parameter generation unit 122 are coded according to the predetermined syntax structure, thereby encoding The CU division of the block unit constitutes the pattern information used in the prediction and is encoded, supplied to the multiplex unit 120, and stored in the prediction mode information memory 119.

預測模式資訊記憶體119,係將區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118所供給之編碼區塊單位的CU分割構成與預測時所用之模式資訊,以最小預測區塊尺寸單位為基準而記憶了所定影像之份量。實施形態1係著眼於畫面間之預測亦即運動補償預測,因此對於模式資 訊中的關連於運動補償預測之資訊亦即運動資訊(預測種別、運動向量、及參照影像索引),加以說明。 The prediction mode information memory 119 divides the CU partitioning of the coding block unit supplied from the block structure/prediction mode information additional information encoding unit 118 with the mode information used for prediction, based on the minimum prediction block size unit. Memorize the amount of the given image. Embodiment 1 focuses on the prediction between screens, that is, motion compensation prediction, so The information related to motion compensation prediction, that is, motion information (prediction type, motion vector, and reference image index), is explained.

運動補償預測之處理對象的預測區塊的相鄰區塊之運動資訊,視為空間候補區塊群,將與處理對象之預測區塊位於同一位置的ColPic上的區塊和其周邊區塊的運動資訊,視為時間候補區塊群。 The motion information of the adjacent block of the prediction block of the processing target of the motion compensation prediction is regarded as a space candidate block group, and the block on the ColPic and the peripheral block thereof which are located at the same position as the prediction block of the processing target are Sports information is considered as a time candidate block group.

所謂ColPic,係指有別於處理對象之預測區塊的另一已解碼之影像,且在解碼影像記憶體110中當成參照影像而被記憶。在實施形態1中,ColPic係為前一個已解碼之參照影像。此外,雖然在實施形態1中,ColPic係設為前一個已解碼之參照影像,但亦可為顯示順序上前一個參照影像或顯示順序上後一個參照影像,亦可在編碼串流中,直接指定ColPic上所使用的參照影像。 The term "ColPic" refers to another decoded image that is different from the prediction block of the processing target, and is stored as a reference image in the decoded image memory 110. In the first embodiment, the ColPic is the previous decoded reference image. In addition, in the first embodiment, the ColPic system is set as the previous decoded reference image, but may be the previous reference image in the display order or the next reference image in the display order, or may be directly in the encoded stream. Specifies the reference image used on the ColPic.

預測模式資訊記憶體119,係將空間候補區塊群和時間候補區塊群的運動資訊,當作候補區塊群的運動資訊而供給至運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,並且將畫面內預測區塊的相鄰區塊的畫面內預測模式資訊,供給至畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115。 The prediction mode information memory 119 supplies the motion information of the space candidate block group and the time candidate block group to the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 as the motion information of the candidate block group, and displays the image in the screen. The intra prediction mode information of the adjacent blocks of the prediction block is supplied to the intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115.

多工化部120,係將從預測誤差編碼部105所供給之預測誤差的編碼列、和從區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118所供給之編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成和預測時所用之模式資訊及附加資訊的編碼列,進行多工化,以生成編碼位元串流,經由輸出端子121,向記錄媒體、傳輸路等輸出該當編碼位元串流。 The multiplexing unit 120 forms and predicts the CU partitioning of the coding sequence of the prediction error supplied from the prediction error coding unit 105 and the coding block unit supplied from the block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118. The coded column of the mode information and the additional information used at the time is multiplexed to generate a coded bit stream, and the encoded bit stream is output to the recording medium, the transmission path, and the like via the output terminal 121.

編碼區塊控制參數生成部122,係將實施形態1中的定義編碼區塊構造的參數,亦即圖3所示之Maximum_cu_size或Minimum_cu_size等之控制參數、或將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制的控制參數等之用來定義編碼區塊構造或預測區塊構造所需之參數,予以生成,供給至運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113、畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115、編碼區塊構造選擇部117、及區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118。將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制的控制參數的相關細節,將於後述。 The coding block control parameter generation unit 122 is a parameter for defining a coding block structure in the first embodiment, that is, a control parameter such as Maximum_cu_size or Minimum_cu_size shown in FIG. 3, or a block size and prediction for motion compensation prediction. The parameters required for defining the coding block structure or the prediction block structure are processed and processed, and are supplied to the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 and the intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115, The coding block structure selection unit 117 and the block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118. Details of the control parameters that limit the block size and prediction processing of the motion compensation prediction will be described later.

圖1所示的動態影像編碼裝置之構成,係亦可藉由具備CPU(Central Processing Unit)、畫格記憶體、硬碟等的資訊處理裝置等硬體來實現。 The configuration of the motion picture coding apparatus shown in FIG. 1 can be realized by a hardware such as an information processing device such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a frame memory, or a hard disk.

圖5係本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像編碼裝置中的編碼處理之動作流程的流程圖。對每一編碼區塊單位,將CU分割之控制參數亦即CU_Depth予以初期化成0(S500),藉由編碼區塊取得部102而取得編碼處理對象區塊影像(S501)。運動向量偵測部111,係根據由編碼對象區塊影像相應於CU分割之預測對象的區塊影像與解碼影像記憶體110中所儲存之複數參照影像,而算出相應於CU分割的每一參照影像的運動向量值(S502)。 FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an operational flow of the encoding process in the video encoding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention. For each coding block unit, CU_Depth, which is the control parameter of the CU division, is initialized to 0 (S500), and the coding block acquisition unit 102 acquires the coding target block video (S501). The motion vector detecting unit 111 calculates each reference corresponding to the CU segmentation based on the block image of the prediction target corresponding to the CU segmentation by the encoding target block image and the complex reference image stored in the decoded image memory 110. The motion vector value of the image (S502).

接著,運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,係使用運動向量偵測部111所供給之運動向量、和預測模式 資訊記憶體119中所儲存的運動資訊及畫面內預測模式資訊,而將針對實施形態1中所定義之預測區塊尺寸、運動補償預測模式之各者的預測訊號,使用運動補償預測部112而加以取得,將最佳CU單位之預測區塊尺寸及預測模式的選擇結果,予以輸出。又,畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115,係將針對預測區塊尺寸、畫面內預測模式之各者的預測訊號,使用畫面內預測部114而加以取得,將最佳CU單位之預測區塊尺寸及預測模式的選擇結果,予以輸出。編碼區塊構造選擇部117,係使用這些結果來生成最佳編碼區塊構造下的預測模式與預測訊號(S503)。步驟S503之處理細節,將於後述。 Next, the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 uses the motion vector supplied by the motion vector detection unit 111 and the prediction mode. The motion information and the intra-screen prediction mode information stored in the information memory 119 are used by the motion compensation prediction unit 112 for the prediction signals for each of the prediction block size and the motion compensation prediction mode defined in the first embodiment. The obtained result is obtained by outputting the prediction block size and the prediction mode of the optimal CU unit. Further, the intra-screen prediction block structure selection unit 115 acquires the prediction signal for each of the prediction block size and the intra-frame prediction mode using the intra prediction unit 114, and predicts the optimum CU unit. The result of selection of the size and prediction mode is output. The coding block structure selection unit 117 uses these results to generate a prediction mode and a prediction signal in the optimum coding block structure (S503). Details of the processing of step S503 will be described later.

接著,減算部103,係將編碼區塊取得部102所供給之編碼處理區塊影像與編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之預測訊號的差分,當作預測誤差訊號而予以算出(S504)。區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118,係將編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之編碼結構、預測模式、運動補償預測時的相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、及將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊、畫面內預測時的畫面內預測模式資訊,依照所定的語法結構來進行編碼,生成關連於編碼結構與預測模式資訊的附加資訊的編碼資料(S505)。 Next, the subtraction unit 103 calculates the difference between the coded block image supplied from the coded block acquisition unit 102 and the prediction signal supplied from the coded block structure selection unit 117 as a prediction error signal (S504). The block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118 is a coding structure supplied by the coding block structure selection unit 117, a prediction mode, a prediction type corresponding to the prediction mode at the time of motion compensation prediction, a motion vector, and a reference. The image specifying information is subjected to specific information, and the intra prediction mode information in the intra prediction is encoded in accordance with the predetermined syntax structure, and encoded data of additional information related to the encoding structure and the prediction mode information is generated (S505).

接著,預測誤差編碼部105,係將正交轉換.量化部104所生成之已被量化之預測誤差訊號,進行熵編碼,生成預測誤差的編碼資料(S506)。多工化部120, 係將從區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118所供給之關連於編碼結構與預測模式資訊的附加資訊的編碼資料、和從預測誤差編碼部105所供給之預測誤差的編碼資料,進行多工化,生成編碼位元串流(S507)。 Next, the prediction error coding unit 105 converts the orthogonal transform. The quantized prediction error signal generated by the quantization unit 104 is entropy encoded to generate coded data of the prediction error (S506). Multiplexing unit 120, The coded data of the additional information related to the coding structure and the prediction mode information supplied from the block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118 and the coded data of the prediction error supplied from the prediction error coding unit 105 are performed. The multiplex is generated to generate a coded bit stream (S507).

加算部107,係將逆量化.逆轉換部106所供給之解碼預測誤差訊號、和編碼區塊構造選擇部117所供給之預測訊號,進行加算,以生成解碼影像訊號(S508)。預測模式資訊記憶體119,作為區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部118所供給之關連於編碼結構與預測模式資訊的附加資訊,是將運動補償預測被使用時的運動資訊(預測種別、運動向量、及參照影像指定資訊)、和畫面內預測被使用時的畫面內預測模式資訊,以最小的預測區塊尺寸單位而加以儲存(S509)。 The adding unit 107 will inversely quantize. The decoded prediction error signal supplied from the inverse conversion unit 106 and the prediction signal supplied from the coded block structure selection unit 117 are added to generate a decoded video signal (S508). The prediction mode information memory 119 is additional information related to the coding structure and the prediction mode information supplied by the block structure/prediction mode information additional information coding unit 118, and is motion information when the motion compensation prediction is used (predicted species, The motion vector and the reference image designation information) and the intra prediction mode information when the intra prediction is used are stored in the smallest prediction block size unit (S509).

藉由加算部107,已被生成之解碼影像訊號係被儲存至畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108中,同時,在迴圈濾波器部109中,實施用來去除失真所需的迴圈濾波器處理(S510),施行過濾波器之解碼影像訊號係被供給至解碼影像記憶體110而儲存,以後會被使用於進行編碼之編碼影像的運動補償預測處理(S511)。 By the addition unit 107, the decoded video signal that has been generated is stored in the intra-picture decoded video buffer 108, and at the same time, in the loop filter unit 109, a loop filter required for removing distortion is implemented. Processing (S510), the decoded video signal subjected to the filter is supplied to the decoded video memory 110 for storage, and is used later for motion compensation prediction processing of the encoded encoded video (S511).

〔CU單位之預測模式/預測訊號生成處理之細節〕 [Details of CU unit prediction mode/predictive signal generation processing]

接著針對圖5之流程圖中的步驟S503亦即CU單位之預測模式/預測訊號生成處理的細節,使用圖6的流程圖來說明。 Next, the details of the prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing of the CU unit in step S503 in the flowchart of FIG. 5 will be described using the flowchart of FIG. 6.

首先,令已被設定之最大CU尺寸與最小CU尺寸之間的階層數加以表示的值為Max_CU_Depth,判定對象CU的CU_Depth是否小於Max_CU_Depth(S600)。於實施形態1中,是採取圖3所示的CU分割構成,因此Max_CU_Depth=3。 First, the value indicating the number of levels between the maximum CU size and the minimum CU size that has been set is Max_CU_Depth, and it is determined whether or not CU_Depth of the target CU is smaller than Max_CU_Depth (S600). In the first embodiment, since the CU division configuration shown in FIG. 3 is adopted, Max_CU_Depth=3.

若CU_Depth小於Max_CU_Depth(S600:YES),則將CU_Depth加算1(S601),對目前對象CU做4分割而成的下一階層之CU,進行CU單位之預測模式/預測訊號生成處理(S602-S605)。對圖2所示的CU之分割領域,按照分割1領域之處理(S602)、分割2領域之處理(S603)、分割3領域之處理(S604)、分割4領域之處理(S605)的順序,遞迴地進行圖6之流程圖所說明的CU單位之預測模式/預測訊號生成處理。 If CU_Depth is smaller than Max_CU_Depth (S600: YES), CU_Depth is incremented by 1 (S601), and the CU unit prediction mode/predictive signal generation processing is performed on the CU of the next hierarchy in which the current target CU is divided into 4 (S602-S605) ). The division of the CU shown in FIG. 2 is performed in the order of the processing of the division 1 field (S602), the processing of the division 2 field (S603), the processing of the division 3 field (S604), and the processing of the division 4 field (S605). The prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing of the CU unit explained in the flowchart of Fig. 6 is performed recursively.

在各CU分割領域的預測模式算出結果之內,誤差評價值會被積算,算出4個分割CU的誤差評價值總和(S606)。 Within the prediction mode calculation result of each CU division field, the error evaluation value is integrated, and the sum of the error evaluation values of the four divided CUs is calculated (S606).

另一方面,若CU_Depth為Max_CU_Depth以上(S600:NO),則於圖1的畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部115及畫面內預測部114中,會進行畫面內預測模式的算出與預測訊號的生成(S607),算出對象CU中的畫面內預測之模式資訊、預測訊號與誤差評價值。 On the other hand, when CU_Depth is equal to or greater than Max_CU_Depth (S600: NO), the intra-frame prediction block structure selection unit 115 and the intra-screen prediction unit 114 of FIG. 1 calculate the intra-frame prediction mode and generate the prediction signal. (S607), the mode information, the prediction signal, and the error evaluation value of the intra prediction in the target CU are calculated.

接著,於運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113及運動補償預測部112中,會進行運動補償預測區塊尺寸之選擇、和已被選擇之預測區塊單位的運動補償預測模式 及預測訊號生成(S608),算出對象CU中的運動補償預測之預測區塊尺寸、模式資訊、運動資訊、預測訊號與誤差評價值。關於步驟S608的細節,將於後述。 Next, in the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 and the motion compensation prediction unit 112, the motion compensation prediction block size selection and the motion compensation prediction mode of the selected prediction block unit are performed. And prediction signal generation (S608), and calculating a prediction block size, mode information, motion information, prediction signal, and error evaluation value of the motion compensation prediction in the target CU. Details of step S608 will be described later.

接著,編碼區塊構造選擇部117,係將對象CU中的畫面內預測之誤差評價值、與運動補償預測之誤差評價值,進行比較,選擇誤差少的預測手法而進行畫面內/畫面間(運動補償預測)之判定(S609)。 Next, the coded block structure selection unit 117 compares the error evaluation value of the intra-frame prediction in the target CU with the error evaluation value of the motion compensation prediction, and selects a prediction method with less error to perform intra-screen/inter-screen ( Determination of motion compensation prediction) (S609).

接著,遞迴性施行的圖6之流程圖之處理(圖6的S602-S605)與誤差評價值之總和算出(S606)所生成的針對比對象CU下位階層(CU_Depth較大)之CU的誤差評價值,和對象CU的誤差評價值,進行比較,進行適用於預測的CU_Depth之判定(S610)。 Next, the process of the flowchart of FIG. 6 (S602-S605 of FIG. 6) and the sum of the error evaluation values are calculated by recursively calculating (S606) the error generated for the CU of the lower level of the target CU (CU_Depth is larger). The evaluation value is compared with the error evaluation value of the target CU, and the determination of CU_Depth suitable for the prediction is performed (S610).

為了遞迴地呼叫圖6之流程圖所示之處理,從最下位(CU_Depth=Max_CU_Depth)之CU對上位之CU,依序進行比較,可選擇CU之每一分割領域的最佳CU_Depth與預測模式。 In order to recursively call the process shown in the flowchart of FIG. 6, the CU of the lowest bit (CU_Depth=Max_CU_Depth) is compared with the upper CU, and the best CU_Depth and prediction mode for each segment of the CU can be selected. .

最後,已被選擇的對象CU與較對象CU下位之CU之間的最佳CU_Depth、預測模式及已被選擇之畫面內預測或運動補償預測的相關之附加資訊,和誤差評價值及預測訊號會被儲存(S611),結束對象CU中的預測模式/預測訊號生成處理。 Finally, the additional information about the best CU_Depth, the prediction mode, and the selected intra-picture prediction or motion compensation prediction between the selected target CU and the CU lower than the target CU, and the error evaluation value and prediction signal will be It is stored (S611), and the prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing in the target CU is ended.

〔運動補償預測區塊尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理之細節〕 [Details of Motion Compensation Prediction Block Size Selection/Predictive Signal Generation Processing]

接著針對圖6之流程圖中的步驟S608亦即對象CU 中的運動補償預測區塊尺寸選擇、及預測區塊單位之運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理的細節,使用圖7的流程圖來說明。 Next, step S608 in the flowchart of FIG. 6 is also the target CU. The details of the motion compensation prediction block size selection and the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation process in the prediction block unit will be described using the flowchart of FIG.

首先,將對於對象CU而為預測對象的編碼區塊影像,加以取得(S700)。接著,藉由圖3所示之構成,進行每一CU內分割模式的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理(S701~S705)。 First, the coded block image to be predicted for the target CU is acquired (S700). Next, by the configuration shown in FIG. 3, the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing for each division mode in the CU is performed (S701 to S705).

首先,將CU內分割模式為2N×2N時的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理,把表示分割數的值NumPart設定成1而進行之(S701)。接著,將NumPart設定成2,進行2N×N時(S702)、N×2N時(S703)的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理。 First, the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation process when the intra-CU partition mode is 2N×2N is performed, and the value NumPart indicating the number of divisions is set to 1 (S701). Next, NumPart is set to 2, and motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing at 2N×N (S702) and N×2N (S703) is performed.

接著,CU_Depth等於Max_CU_Depth且對象CU尺寸為8×8、後述之inter_4x4_enable旗標為1時(S704:YES),將NumPart設定成4,進行N×N時的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理(S705)。步驟S701、S702、S703、S705所實施的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理的細節,將於後述。若不滿足步驟S704之條件(S704:NO),則略過步驟S705實施後續的步驟。 Next, when CU_Depth is equal to Max_CU_Depth and the target CU size is 8×8, the inter_4x4_enable flag to be described later is 1 (S704: YES), NumPart is set to 4, and the motion compensation prediction mode/predictive signal generation processing at the time of N×N is performed ( S705). Details of the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing performed in steps S701, S702, S703, and S705 will be described later. If the condition of step S704 is not satisfied (S704: NO), the subsequent steps are performed by skipping step S705.

在實施形態1中,係以2N×2N(S701)、2N×N(S702)、N×2N(S703)、及N×N(S705)之順序,進行CU內分割時的運動補償預測/預測訊號生成,但關於上記CU分割各個步驟的處理順序,係亦可變更順序而無 妨,而在以可平行處理的CPU等來實施處理時,亦可平行地進行S701、S702、S703及S705。 In the first embodiment, motion compensation prediction/prediction in the intra-CU division is performed in the order of 2N×2N (S701), 2N×N (S702), N×2N (S703), and N×N (S705). The signal is generated, but the order of processing the steps of the CU partition is also changed. However, when the processing is performed by a CPU or the like that can be processed in parallel, S701, S702, S703, and S705 may be performed in parallel.

接著,將進行過運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成的每一CU內分割模式的誤差評價值,進行比較,選擇最佳之CU內分割模式亦即最佳預測區塊尺寸(PU)(S706)。對已被選擇PU的預測模式資訊/誤差評價值/預測訊號會被儲存(S707),圖6的流程圖中的步驟S608之處理就結束。 Next, the error evaluation value of each intra-CU partition mode generated by the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal is compared, and the optimal intra-CU partition mode, that is, the optimal prediction block size (PU) is selected (S706). . The prediction mode information/error evaluation value/prediction signal for the selected PU is stored (S707), and the processing of step S608 in the flowchart of Fig. 6 is ended.

〔實施形態1中的運動補償預測模式之定義〕 [Definition of Motion Compensation Prediction Mode in Embodiment 1]

圖8(a)、(b)係將本發明的實施形態1中的運動補償預測中所使用之運動資訊予以編碼所需的2個預測模式的說明圖。 8(a) and 8(b) are explanatory diagrams of two prediction modes required for encoding motion information used for motion compensation prediction in the first embodiment of the present invention.

第一預測模式,係使用預測對象區塊與該當預測對象區塊所相鄰之已編碼區塊的時間方向或空間方向之運動的連續性,該當預測對象區塊係不將自身的運動資訊直接予以編碼,而是將空間及時間上相鄰之區塊的運動資訊使用於編碼的手法,稱作結合預測模式(合併模式)。 The first prediction mode is to use the continuity of the motion of the prediction object block and the time direction or the spatial direction of the coded block adjacent to the prediction target block, and the prediction target block does not directly report its own motion information. Coding, but using the motion information of spatially and temporally adjacent blocks for encoding, is called combined prediction mode (merging mode).

此處,所謂空間性相鄰之區塊,係指隸屬於與預測對象區塊相同影像的已編碼區塊之中,相鄰於預測對象區塊的相鄰。此處,所謂時間性相鄰之區塊,係指隸屬於與預測對象區塊不同之已編碼之影像的區塊之中,與預測對象區塊位於同一空間位置及其周邊的區塊。 Here, the spatially adjacent block refers to an adjacent block adjacent to the prediction target block among the coded blocks belonging to the same image as the prediction target block. Here, the temporally adjacent block refers to a block that belongs to the coded image different from the prediction target block, and is located at the same spatial position and its surrounding area as the prediction target block.

結合預測模式的情況下,係定義了可根據複數相鄰區塊候補而做選擇性結合的運動資訊,運動資訊係將所使用之相鄰區塊加以指定之資訊(結合運動資訊索引)予以編碼,藉此將根據指定資訊所取得之運動資訊,直接用於運動補償預測。再者,在結合預測模式中,還定義有不會將預測差分資訊予以編碼傳輸,而是將已被結合預測模式所預測之預測訊號視為解碼圖像的Skip模式,僅以結合後之運動資訊的少量資訊,就能再生出解碼影像,具有如此構成。Skip模式係可使用於CU內分割模式是2N×2N的情形,在Skip模式下所傳輸的運動資訊,係和結合預測模式同樣地是將相鄰區塊予以定義的指定資訊。 In combination with the prediction mode, the motion information that can be selectively combined according to the plurality of adjacent block candidates is defined, and the motion information encodes the information of the adjacent blocks used (in combination with the motion information index). In this way, the motion information obtained based on the specified information is directly used for motion compensation prediction. Furthermore, in the combined prediction mode, it is also defined that the predicted difference information is not encoded and transmitted, but the predicted signal predicted by the combined prediction mode is regarded as the decoded image of the Skip mode, only the combined motion With a small amount of information, it is possible to reproduce the decoded image. The Skip mode can be used in the case where the intra-CU partition mode is 2N×2N, and the motion information transmitted in the Skip mode is the same as the combined prediction mode to define the adjacent block.

第二預測模式,係將運動資訊之構成要素個別地全部編碼,將相對於預測區塊而預測誤差較少的運動資訊予以傳輸的手法,稱作運動偵測預測模式。運動偵測預測模式,係和先前的運動補償預測的運動資訊的編碼同樣地,表示是雙預測還是單預測的預測種別、用來特定參照影像的資訊(參照影像索引)、和用來特定運動向量的資訊,是被個別地編碼。 The second prediction mode is a method of transmitting motion information of the motion information individually, and transmitting motion information with less prediction error with respect to the prediction block, and is called a motion detection prediction mode. The motion detection prediction mode is similar to the coding of the motion information predicted by the previous motion compensation, indicating whether it is a prediction type of bi-prediction or single prediction, information for a specific reference image (refer to an image index), and a specific motion. Vector information is encoded individually.

在運動偵測預測模式下,係以預測模式來指示要使用單預測與雙預測之哪一者,若為單預測時則將對1個參照影像的參照影像加以特定之資訊、和運動向量與預測向量之差分向量,予以編碼。若為雙預測時則將對2個參照影像的參照影像加以特定之資訊、和運動向量,分 別予以個別地編碼。對運動向量的預測向量,係和AVC同樣地是從相鄰區塊之運動資訊所生成,但和結合預測模式同樣地,可根據複數相鄰區塊候補而選擇要使用於預測向量的運動向量,運動向量係將使用於預測向量的相鄰區塊加以指定之資訊(預測向量索引)和差分向量這2者加以編碼,藉此而被傳輸。 In the motion detection prediction mode, the prediction mode is used to indicate which one of the single prediction and the double prediction is to be used, and if it is a single prediction, the reference image of one reference image is given specific information, and the motion vector and The difference vector of the prediction vector is encoded. In the case of double prediction, specific information and motion vectors will be assigned to the reference images of the two reference images. Don't code them individually. The prediction vector of the motion vector is generated from the motion information of the adjacent block as in the AVC, but the motion vector to be used for the prediction vector can be selected according to the complex adjacent block candidate as in the combined prediction mode. The motion vector is encoded by combining the information (prediction vector index) and the difference vector used for the adjacent block of the prediction vector, thereby being transmitted.

[實施形態1中的將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制之手法的相關說明] [Description of the method for limiting the block size and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction in the first embodiment]

接著,運動補償預測中的預測時所必須之參照影像記憶體量的相關之概算值示於圖9,說明實施形態1中的預測區塊尺寸與預測處理的限制手法。於運動補償預測中,係藉由將運動的精度變細以促使預測精度提升,若以AVC為例,則可以1/4像素精度來偵測、傳輸運動向量。 Next, the estimated value of the correlation of the reference video memory amount necessary for the prediction in the motion compensation prediction is shown in Fig. 9. The prediction block size and the prediction processing limitation method in the first embodiment will be described. In the motion compensation prediction, the accuracy of the motion is refined to promote the prediction accuracy. If AVC is taken as an example, the motion vector can be detected and transmitted with 1/4 pixel precision.

在實施形態1中也是,採取以1/4像素精度來偵測、傳輸運動向量之構成,對1/4像素精度之運動,生成運動補償預測訊號之際,將參照影像中所存在的整數運動位置之像素,做複數像素之使用,藉由內插濾波器而算出1/4像素精度的運動位置之參照影像的像素。在實施形態1的動態影像編碼裝置、動態影像解碼裝置中,作為內插濾波器是使用7節的FIR濾波器。 In the first embodiment, the motion vector is detected and transmitted with 1/4 pixel precision, and the motion of the 1/4 pixel precision is generated. When the motion compensation prediction signal is generated, the integer motion existing in the reference image is used. The pixel of the position is used as a complex pixel, and the pixel of the reference image of the motion position of 1/4 pixel precision is calculated by the interpolation filter. In the motion picture coding device and the motion picture decoding device according to the first embodiment, a seven-segment FIR filter is used as the interpolation filter.

為了實施7節的濾波器,係對最靠近對象位置之水平.垂直的整數運動位置之像素,必須要取得水平及垂直正負6像素之像素。在預測區塊的右交界部分中取 得遠離3/4像素之運動位置之預測影像之際,對最靠近對象位置之整數運動位置之像素,會是屬於預測區塊之1像素外的像素,因此必須要在增加1像素取得之像素,對於預測區塊尺寸,必須要水平及垂直地取得與節數相同的7像素份的濾波器處理所必須之參照影像。 In order to implement the 7-section filter, the pair is closest to the object position. Pixels of vertical integer motion positions must have horizontal and vertical pixels of 6 pixels. Take in the right junction of the prediction block When the image is moved away from the predicted position of the motion position of 3/4 pixels, the pixel of the integer motion position closest to the object position will be the pixel outside the 1 pixel of the prediction block, so the pixel obtained by adding 1 pixel must be added. For the prediction block size, it is necessary to obtain the reference image necessary for the 7-pixel filter processing which is the same as the number of segments in the horizontal and vertical directions.

圖9係圖示了,施行7節濾波器時,實施形態1中的圖3所示之運動補償預測之所能定義的各個預測區塊尺寸中,進行單預測及雙預測之際,作為記憶體頻寬而必須要確保的參照影像的記憶體存取量。隨著編碼裝置及解碼裝置的參照影像記憶體之構成,而會有記憶體存取是可以水平4像素單位來進行之構成、或可以水平.垂直2×2像素單位來進行之構成等,可採取各式各樣之構成,但上記記憶體存取量,係無論參照影像記憶體的構成為何,而圖示了最小限度取得所必須之記憶體存取量的最大值。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the case where each of the prediction block sizes defined by the motion compensation prediction shown in FIG. 3 in the first embodiment is subjected to single prediction and double prediction when a 7-segment filter is applied, as a memory. The memory access of the reference image that must be secured for the body bandwidth. With the configuration of the reference image memory of the encoding device and the decoding device, the memory access can be configured in a horizontal pixel unit or horizontally. In the case of a vertical 2×2 pixel unit, it is possible to adopt various configurations. However, the memory access amount is the memory necessary for the minimum acquisition regardless of the configuration of the reference video memory. The maximum amount of volume access.

無論預測區塊尺寸的大小為何,為了濾波器處理而必須追加且取得的水平.垂直之尺寸係都不會改變,因此4×4像素尺寸時,編碼區塊尺寸(LCU)單位下的記憶體存取量係為最大,需要將近64×64像素尺寸的6倍之存取。又,雙預測的運動補償預測的情況下,為了從不同位置之參照影像取得2個預測訊號,而必須要有單預測之2倍的記憶體存取。 Regardless of the size of the predicted block size, the level that must be added and obtained for filter processing. The vertical size does not change. Therefore, in the case of 4 × 4 pixel size, the memory access amount in the coding block size (LCU) unit is the largest, and access of 6 times the size of the 64 × 64 pixel is required. Further, in the case of bi-predictive motion compensation prediction, in order to acquire two prediction signals from reference images at different positions, it is necessary to have twice the memory access of the single prediction.

運動補償預測之區塊尺寸較小的情況,或雙預測之運動補償時所必須確保的記憶體頻寬,係尤其是在 進行編碼之影像尺寸很大如高畫質以上的高精細影像的時候會變得更大,而有編碼裝置及解碼裝置難以實現之課題。於本發明中,記憶體頻寬限制所需的、參照影像的記憶體存取最大量是可階段性控制,提供運動補償預測的限制手法與進行限制所需之控制參數的定義及設定手法,可使高精細影像的動態影像編碼裝置之實現性與編碼效率,兩者同時成立。 The case where the block size of the motion compensation prediction is small, or the memory bandwidth that must be ensured during the motion prediction of the double prediction is especially When the size of an image to be encoded is large, such as a high-definition image having a high image quality or higher, it becomes larger, and there is a problem that an encoding device and a decoding device are difficult to realize. In the present invention, the maximum amount of memory access of the reference image required for the memory bandwidth limitation is a staged control, and the limitation method of the motion compensation prediction and the definition and setting method of the control parameters required for the limitation are provided. The realization of the dynamic image coding device for high-definition images and the coding efficiency can be simultaneously established.

接著,在圖10中表示本發明的實施形態1的、圖1之編碼區塊控制參數生成部122中所生成的將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制的控制參數之一例,並說明之。 Next, an example of control parameters for limiting the block size and prediction processing of the motion compensation prediction generated by the coding block control parameter generation unit 122 of FIG. 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. Explain it.

控制參數係由,控制最小運動補償預測區塊尺寸亦即4×4像素之運動補償預測之有效.無效的參數inter_4x4_enable定義了運動補償預測之內僅禁止施行雙預測之預測處理的區塊尺寸的inter_bipred_restriction_idc這2個參數所構成。 The control parameters are determined by controlling the minimum motion compensation prediction block size, that is, the motion compensation prediction of 4×4 pixels. The invalid parameter inter_4x4_enable defines two parameters of the inter_bipred_restriction_idc of the block size in which only the prediction process of the bi-prediction is prohibited within the motion compensation prediction.

若比較圖9之必要的參照影像記憶體量,則從存取量最大的條件起,依序為4×4雙預測、4×8/8×4雙預測、4×4單預測、8×8雙預測、8×16/16×8雙預測、4×8/8×4單預測、16×16雙預測之順序,關於單預測係為,4×4像素的最小預測區塊尺寸以外,存取量會較少。 If the reference image memory amount necessary for comparison with FIG. 9 is compared, the order is 4×4 double prediction, 4×8/8×4 double prediction, 4×4 single prediction, 8× from the condition of the largest access amount. 8 double prediction, 8×16/16×8 double prediction, 4×8/8×4 single prediction, 16×16 double prediction order, except for the single prediction system, except for the minimum prediction block size of 4×4 pixels. There will be fewer accesses.

因此,關於最小預測區塊尺寸,係準備將運動補償預測處理本身予以禁止的控制參數亦即inter_4x4_enable,關於各區塊尺寸,還準備了對雙預測施 加限制的inter_bipred_restriction_idc來作為控制參數,就可明示性實現階段性記憶體存取量之控制。 Therefore, regarding the minimum prediction block size, it is prepared to disable the motion compensation prediction process itself, that is, inter_4x4_enable, and for each block size, a bi-predictive application is also prepared. By adding the restricted inter_bipred_restriction_idc as a control parameter, the control of the amount of phase memory access can be explicitly implemented.

順便一提,關於4×8/8×4單預測,係記憶體存取量比16×16雙預測還多,但對4×8/8×4單預測施加限制的情況下,則必須要對記憶體存取量比其還大的4×4及4×8/8×4雙預測施加限制,此時藉由將最小CU尺寸設定成16×16,可以禁止CU內分割模式為N×N的小於8×8區塊的預測區塊尺寸的運動補償預測全體,因此關於將運動補償預測處理本身予以禁止,係以具有對固定之最小預測區塊尺寸之限制的構成,階段性的記憶體存取量之控制就成為可能。 By the way, regarding the 4×8/8×4 single prediction, the memory access amount is more than the 16×16 double prediction, but in the case of imposing a limit on the 4×8/8×4 single prediction, it is necessary to A limit is imposed on the 4×4 and 4×8/8×4 double predictions whose memory access amount is larger than this. By setting the minimum CU size to 16×16, the intra-CU partition mode can be disabled to be N×. The motion compensation prediction of the prediction block size smaller than 8×8 blocks of N is the whole, and therefore the motion compensation prediction process itself is prohibited, and the phase memory is configured to have a limit on the fixed minimum prediction block size. Control of volume access is possible.

在進行上記控制時,除了inter_4x4_enable與inter_bipred_restriction_idc以外,還把最小CU尺寸值加以組合,成為進行記憶體存取量之控制的構成。 In the case of performing the above-described upper control, in addition to inter_4x4_enable and inter_bipred_restriction_idc, the minimum CU size values are combined to form a control for controlling the amount of memory access.

在實施形態1中,inter_bipred_restriction_idc係如圖10所示般地定義0至5的值,可以控制從對雙預測無限制之狀態,一直到限制16×16區塊以下尺寸的雙預測之狀態,但定義的範圍係為一例,要定義比該值還少或還多的控制值,也可實現成為本發明的實施形態的其他構成。 In the first embodiment, the inter_bipred_restriction_idc defines values of 0 to 5 as shown in FIG. 10, and can control the state from the unrestricted state to the double prediction to the state of the double prediction of the size below the 16×16 block, but The range defined is an example, and it is also possible to realize another configuration which is an embodiment of the present invention in order to define a control value smaller or larger than the value.

將控制所定尺寸之運動補償預測全體之無效化的參數、和限制所定尺寸以下之運動補償預測之雙預測的控制參數進行組合,把記憶體存取量的最大值控制成所定範圍內的手法,是本發明的實施形態1的構成。 Combining the parameter for controlling the invalidation of the motion compensation prediction of the predetermined size with the control parameter for limiting the double prediction of the motion compensation prediction below the predetermined size, and controlling the maximum value of the memory access amount to the method within the predetermined range, It is the configuration of the first embodiment of the present invention.

〔動態影像解碼裝置全體構成〕 [General configuration of motion picture decoding device]

圖11係本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像解碼裝置之構成的圖示。以下,說明各部的動作。實施形態1所述的動態影像解碼裝置,係具備:輸入端子1100、多工分離部1101、預測差分資訊解碼部1102、逆量化.逆轉換部1103、加算部1104、畫格內解碼影像緩衝區1105、迴圈濾波器部1106、解碼影像記憶體1107、預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108、預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109、畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110、運動資訊解碼部1111、預測模式資訊記憶體1112、畫面內預測部1113、運動補償預測部1114、及輸出端子1115。 Figure 11 is a diagram showing the configuration of a motion picture decoding device according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. Hereinafter, the operation of each unit will be described. The motion picture decoding device according to the first embodiment includes an input terminal 1100, a multiplex separation unit 1101, a prediction difference information decoding unit 1102, and inverse quantization. Inverse conversion unit 1103, addition unit 1104, intra-picture decoded video buffer 1105, loop filter unit 1106, decoded video memory 1107, prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108, prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109 The intra-frame prediction information decoding unit 1110, the motion information decoding unit 1111, the prediction mode information storage unit 1212, the intra-screen prediction unit 1113, the motion compensation prediction unit 1114, and the output terminal 1115.

編碼位元串流係由輸入端子1100而供給至多工分離部1101。多工分離部1101,係將所被供給的編碼位元串流的編碼列分離成:預測誤差訊號的編碼列;和編碼區塊及預測區塊構造的相關之控制參數、編碼區塊單位的CU分割構成與預測時所使用過的模式資訊亦即預測模式、運動補償預測時的相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、及將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊亦即運動資訊、畫面內預測時的畫面內預測模式資訊所構成的編碼列。將該當預測誤差資訊的編碼列供給至預測差分資訊解碼部1102,將控制參數、及該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成與預測時所用之模式資訊的編碼列,供給至預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108。 The coded bit stream is supplied to the multiplex separation unit 1101 from the input terminal 1100. The multiplex separation unit 1101 separates the coded column of the supplied coded bit stream into a coded sequence of prediction error signals; and control parameters and coding block units of the coding block and the prediction block structure. The CU partitioning constitutes the mode information used in the prediction, that is, the prediction mode, the prediction type corresponding to the prediction mode at the time of motion compensation prediction, the motion vector, and the information specifying the reference image specifying information, that is, the motion information, and the intra-screen information. The coded column formed by the intra prediction mode information at the time of prediction. The coded sequence of the prediction error information is supplied to the prediction difference information decoding unit 1102, and the control parameter and the coded column of the CU partitioning of the coding block unit and the mode information used for prediction are supplied to the prediction mode/block structure. Decoding unit 1108.

預測差分資訊解碼部1102,係將多工分離部1101所供給之預測誤差資訊的編碼列予以解碼,生成已被量化之預測誤差訊號。預測差分資訊解碼部1102,係將所生成之已被量化之預測誤差訊號,供給至逆量化.逆轉換部1103。 The prediction difference information decoding unit 1102 decodes the coded column of the prediction error information supplied from the multiplex separation unit 1101 to generate a quantized prediction error signal. The prediction difference information decoding unit 1102 supplies the generated quantized prediction error signal to the inverse quantization. The inverse conversion unit 1103.

逆量化.逆轉換部1103,係將預測差分資訊解碼部1102所供給之已被量化之預測誤差訊號,進行逆量化或逆正交轉換等之處理而生成預測誤差資訊,將解碼預測誤差訊號供給至加算部1104。 Inverse quantization. The inverse conversion unit 1103 performs processing such as inverse quantization or inverse orthogonal conversion on the quantized prediction error signal supplied from the prediction difference information decoding unit 1102 to generate prediction error information, and supplies the decoded prediction error signal to the addition unit. 1104.

加算部1104,係將逆量化.逆轉換部1103所供給之解碼預測誤差訊號、和預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109所供給之預測訊號,進行加算,以生成解碼影像訊號,將解碼影像訊號供給至畫格內解碼影像緩衝區1105及迴圈濾波器部1106。 Adding unit 1104, will be inverse quantized. The decoded prediction error signal supplied from the inverse conversion unit 1103 and the prediction signal supplied from the prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109 are added to generate a decoded video signal, and the decoded video signal is supplied to the decoded image buffer in the frame. 1105 and loop filter unit 1106.

畫格內解碼影像緩衝區1105,係具有與圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的畫格內解碼影像緩衝區108相同之機能,向畫面內預測部1113供給同一畫格內的解碼影像訊號來作為畫面內預測之參照影像,同時,將從加算部1104所供給之解碼影像訊號予以儲存。 The in-frame decoded image buffer 1105 has the same function as the intra-frame decoded video buffer 108 in the motion picture coding apparatus of FIG. 1, and supplies the decoded picture signal in the same frame to the intra-screen prediction unit 1113. The reference video predicted in the screen is simultaneously stored from the decoded video signal supplied from the adding unit 1104.

迴圈濾波器部1106,係具有與圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的迴圈濾波器部109相同之機能,對加算部1104所供給之解碼影像訊號,施加失真去除的濾波器,將進行濾波器處理之結果的解碼影像,供給至解碼影像記憶體1107。 The loop filter unit 1106 has the same function as the loop filter unit 109 of the motion picture coding apparatus of FIG. 1, and applies a filter for removing distortion to the decoded video signal supplied from the addition unit 1104, and performs filtering. The decoded image as a result of the processing of the device is supplied to the decoded image memory 1107.

解碼影像記憶體1107,係具有和圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的解碼影像記憶體110相同之機能,將從迴圈濾波器部1106所供給之解碼影像訊號予以儲存,將參照影像訊號供給至運動補償預測部1114。又,解碼影像記憶體1107,係將已儲存之解碼影像訊號配合再生時刻,依照影像的顯示順序而供給至輸出端子1115。 The decoded video memory 1107 has the same function as the decoded video memory 110 in the motion picture coding apparatus of FIG. 1, and stores the decoded video signal supplied from the loop filter unit 1106, and supplies the reference video signal to Motion compensation prediction unit 1114. Further, the decoded video memory 1107 supplies the stored decoded video signal to the reproduction terminal in accordance with the display order of the video, and supplies it to the output terminal 1115.

預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108,係根據多工分離部1101所供給之編碼區塊及預測區塊構造的相關之控制參數,生成圖3所示的定義CU構造的控制參數、或如圖10所示的用來限制運動補償預測之區塊構成及預測處理的控制參數。 The prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 generates control parameters defining the CU structure shown in FIG. 3 or based on the control parameters of the coding block and the prediction block structure supplied from the multiplex separation unit 1101. The control parameters for limiting the block composition and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction shown in FIG.

又,預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108,係根據多工分離部1101所供給的該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成與預測時所用之模式資訊的編碼列,將編碼區塊單位的CU分割構成與預測時所使用過的模式資訊予以解碼,生成預測區塊尺寸及預測模式,並且將運動補償預測時的相應於預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、及將參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊亦即運動資訊、畫面內預測時的畫面內預測模式資訊,加以分離,將該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成、和預測模式資訊,供給至預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109。 Further, the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 divides the CU partition of the coding block unit based on the coding sequence of the mode information used for the prediction and the CU division of the coding block unit supplied by the multiplex separation unit 1101. The mode information used in the prediction and prediction is decoded, the prediction block size and the prediction mode are generated, and the prediction species corresponding to the prediction mode, the motion vector, and the information specifying the reference image specifying information during the motion compensation prediction are specified. That is, the motion information and the intra prediction mode information at the time of intra prediction are separated, and the CU division configuration and the prediction mode information of the coding block unit are supplied to the prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109.

預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108,係若對預測區塊使用了畫面內預測的情況下,則向畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110供給預測區塊尺寸以及畫面內預測模式資訊, 若為使用了運動補償預測的情況,則向運動資訊解碼部1111供給預測區塊尺寸、還有運動補償預測模式、以及將符合預測模式的預測方向、運動向量、及參照影像指定資訊予以特定的資訊。 When the intra prediction is used for the prediction block, the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 supplies the prediction block size and the intra prediction mode information to the intra prediction information decoding unit 1110. When the motion compensation prediction is used, the motion information decoding unit 1111 is supplied with the prediction block size, the motion compensation prediction mode, and the prediction direction, the motion vector, and the reference video designation information that match the prediction mode. News.

畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110,係將預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108所供給之預測區塊尺寸、畫面內預測模式資訊,予以解碼,將針對編碼對象區塊的預測區塊構造與各預測區塊中的畫面內預測模式,予以再生。畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110,係將已再生之畫面內預測模式,供給至畫面內預測部1113,並且也對預測模式資訊記憶體1112進行供給。 The intra-frame prediction information decoding unit 1110 decodes the prediction block size and the intra-screen prediction mode information supplied from the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108, and constructs a prediction block structure and prediction for the coding target block. The intra-picture prediction mode in the block is reproduced. The intra-frame prediction information decoding unit 1110 supplies the reproduced intra-screen prediction mode to the intra-screen prediction unit 1113, and also supplies the prediction mode information storage unit 1112.

運動資訊解碼部1111,係將預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108所供給的預測區塊尺寸、運動補償預測模式、以及將符合預測模式之預測種別、運動向量、及參照影像指定資訊加以特定之資訊,予以解碼來作為運動資訊,根據已解碼之運動資訊、和預測模式資訊記憶體1112所供給之候補區塊群的運動資訊,將運動補償預測中所使用的預測種別、運動向量及參照影像指定資訊,予以再生,供給至運動補償預測部1114。又,運動資訊解碼部1111係將已再生之運動資訊,也對預測模式資訊記憶體1112進行供給。運動資訊解碼部1111之詳細構成,將於後述。 The motion information decoding unit 1111 specifies the prediction block size, the motion compensation prediction mode, and the prediction type, the motion vector, and the reference video designation information supplied by the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108. The information is decoded as motion information, and the prediction species, motion vectors, and reference images used in the motion compensation prediction are based on the decoded motion information and the motion information of the candidate block group supplied by the prediction mode information memory 1112. The information is designated, reproduced, and supplied to the motion compensation prediction unit 1114. Further, the motion information decoding unit 1111 also supplies the reproduced motion information to the prediction mode information memory 1112. The detailed configuration of the motion information decoding unit 1111 will be described later.

預測模式資訊記憶體1112,係具有與圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的預測模式資訊記憶體119相同之機 能,將運動資訊解碼部1111所供給之已再生之運動資訊、及從畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110所供給之畫面內預測模式,以最小預測區塊尺寸單位為基準而記憶所定影像份。又,預測模式資訊記憶體1112,係將空間候補區塊群和時間候補區塊群的運動資訊,當作候補區塊群的運動資訊而供給至運動資訊解碼部1111,並且將同一畫格內的已解碼相鄰區塊的畫面內預測模式資訊,當作對象預測區塊的模式資訊的預測候補,而供給至畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110。 The prediction mode information memory 1112 has the same function as the prediction mode information memory 119 in the motion picture coding apparatus of FIG. The reproduced motion information supplied from the motion information decoding unit 1111 and the intra-screen prediction mode supplied from the intra-screen prediction information decoding unit 1110 can store the predetermined video content based on the minimum prediction block size unit. Further, the prediction mode information memory 1112 supplies the motion information of the space candidate block group and the time candidate block group to the motion information decoding unit 1111 as the motion information of the candidate block group, and the same frame is used. The intra prediction mode information of the decoded adjacent block is supplied to the intra-screen prediction information decoding unit 1110 as a prediction candidate for the mode information of the target prediction block.

畫面內預測部1113係具有與圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的畫面內預測部114相同之機能,依照畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110所供給之畫面內預測模式,由畫格內解碼影像緩衝區1105輸入畫面內預測的參照影像,生成畫面內預測訊號,供給至預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109。 The intra-screen prediction unit 1113 has the same function as the intra-screen prediction unit 114 in the video encoding device of FIG. 1, and decodes the image buffer from the intra-frame in accordance with the intra-screen prediction mode supplied from the intra-frame prediction information decoding unit 1110. 1105 inputs a reference video predicted in the intra-picture, generates an intra-frame prediction signal, and supplies it to the prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109.

運動補償預測部1114,係具有與圖1之動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測部112相同之機能,基於運動資訊解碼部1111所供給之運動資訊,將解碼影像記憶體1107內的參照影像指定資訊所示的參照影像,從與預測區塊的影像訊號同一位置起移動了一運動向量值所示之量的位置的影像訊號加以取得,以生成預測訊號。若運動補償預測之預測種別是雙預測,則將各預測種別之預測訊號予以平均而成者加以生成來作為預測訊號,將預測訊號供給至預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109。 The motion compensation prediction unit 1114 has the same function as the motion compensation prediction unit 112 in the motion picture coding apparatus of FIG. 1, and specifies the reference picture in the decoded picture memory 1107 based on the motion information supplied from the motion information decoding unit 1111. The reference image indicated by the information is obtained by moving the image signal of the position indicated by the motion vector value from the same position as the image signal of the prediction block to generate a prediction signal. When the prediction type of the motion compensation prediction is bi-prediction, the prediction signals of the prediction types are averaged and generated as a prediction signal, and the prediction signal is supplied to the prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109.

預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109,係根據預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108所供給的該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成、和預測模式資訊,進行CU分割,隨著已被再生之預測區塊構造單位之預測模式,若為運動補償預測之時,則由運動補償預測部1114輸入運動補償預測訊號,若是畫面內預測時,則由畫面內預測部1113輸入畫面內預測訊號,將已被再生之預測訊號,供給至加算部1104。 The prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109 performs CU segmentation based on the CU segmentation configuration of the coding block unit and the prediction mode information supplied from the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108, and the prediction is performed as it is reproduced. When the prediction mode of the block structure unit is the motion compensation prediction, the motion compensation prediction unit 1114 inputs the motion compensation prediction signal, and if the intra prediction is performed, the intra prediction unit 1113 inputs the intra prediction signal. The predicted signal to be reproduced is supplied to the adding unit 1104.

輸出端子1115,係將解碼影像記憶體1107所供給之解碼影像訊號,輸出至顯示器等之顯示媒體,藉此,解碼影像訊號係被再生。 The output terminal 1115 outputs the decoded video signal supplied from the decoded video memory 1107 to a display medium such as a display, whereby the decoded video signal is reproduced.

圖11所示的動態影像解碼裝置之構成也是,和圖1所示的動態影像編碼裝置之構成同樣地,亦可藉由具備CPU、畫格記憶體、硬碟等的資訊處理裝置等之硬體來實現。 The configuration of the video decoding device shown in FIG. 11 is similar to the configuration of the video encoding device shown in FIG. 1, and may be hardened by an information processing device such as a CPU, a frame memory, or a hard disk. Body to achieve.

圖12係本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像解碼裝置中的編碼區塊單位之解碼處理之動作流程的流程圖。首先將CU分割之控制參數亦即CU_Depth予以初期化成0(S1200),多工分離部1101,係將輸入端子1100所供給之編碼位元串流,分離成預測誤差資訊的編碼列、和該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成與預測時所用之模式資訊的編碼列(S1201)。已被分離的編碼區塊單位之預測誤差資訊的編碼列、和該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成與預測時所用之模式資訊的編碼列係被供給至預測差分 資訊解碼部1102、及預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108,實施以CU分割構造為基礎的CU單位之解碼處理(S1202)。關於步驟S1202的詳細動作,將於後述。 FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an operational flow of decoding processing of a coding block unit in the video decoding device according to the first embodiment of the present invention. First, the control parameter of the CU division, that is, CU_Depth is initialized to 0 (S1200), and the multiplex separation unit 1101 is a coded column that supplies the input bit 1100, and is separated into a coded column of prediction error information, and the coded code. The CU partition of the block unit constitutes a coded column of mode information used for prediction (S1201). The coded column of the prediction error information of the coded block unit that has been separated, and the coded column of the CU partitioning of the coded block unit and the mode information used for the prediction are supplied to the prediction difference. The information decoding unit 1102 and the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 perform decoding processing of the CU unit based on the CU partition structure (S1202). The detailed operation of step S1202 will be described later.

接著,該當編碼區塊單位之CU分割構成,係在步驟S1202中在預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108裡被解碼,已被解碼之編碼結構資訊係被儲存在預測模式資訊記憶體1112中(S1203)。 Next, the CU partitioning of the coding block unit is decoded in the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 in step S1202, and the decoded coding structure information is stored in the prediction mode information memory 1112 ( S1203).

藉由CU單位的解碼處理(S1202)而被解碼的解碼影像訊號,係於迴圈濾波器部1106中被實施迴圈濾波器處理(S1204),被儲存在解碼影像記憶體1107中(S1205),結束編碼區塊單位的解碼處理。在實施形態1中,雖然是以編碼區塊單位之處理來施加迴圈濾波器,但施加了迴圈濾波器的解碼影像訊號,係在同一畫格之解碼處理中不被參照,是在後續的畫格的運動補償預測中才會被參照,因此亦可不進行編碼區塊單位的處理,而是在畫格全體的解碼處理完成後,對畫格全體來施行。 The decoded video signal decoded by the decoding process (S1202) of the CU unit is subjected to loop filter processing in the loop filter unit 1106 (S1204), and stored in the decoded image memory 1107 (S1205). Ends the decoding process of the coding block unit. In the first embodiment, although the loop filter is applied in the processing of the coding block unit, the decoded video signal to which the loop filter is applied is not referred to in the decoding process of the same frame, and is followed. The motion compensation prediction of the frame is only referred to. Therefore, the processing of the coding block unit may not be performed, but after the decoding process of the entire frame is completed, the entire frame is executed.

〔CU單位之解碼處理的細節〕 [Details of decoding processing of CU unit]

接著針對圖12之流程圖中的步驟S1202亦即CU單位之解碼處理的細節,使用圖13的流程圖來說明。 Next, the details of the decoding process of the CU unit, which is step S1202 in the flowchart of FIG. 12, will be described using the flowchart of FIG.

首先,對於已被設定之最大CU尺寸與最小CU尺寸之間的階層數加以表示的值Max_CU_Depth,判定對象CU的CU_Depth是否較小(S1300)。圖3中的最大CU尺寸及最小CU尺寸的相關之控制參數係會被編 碼、傳輸,因此藉由在解碼處理中把控制參數予以解碼,編碼時的Max_CU_Depth就會被解碼。關於定義Max_CU_Depth的編碼資訊之一例,係於後述。 First, for the value Max_CU_Depth indicating the number of levels between the maximum CU size and the minimum CU size that has been set, it is determined whether or not the CU_Depth of the target CU is small (S1300). The relevant control parameters for the maximum CU size and minimum CU size in Figure 3 will be compiled. Code, transmission, so by decoding the control parameters in the decoding process, Max_CU_Depth at the time of encoding is decoded. An example of the coding information defining Max_CU_Depth will be described later.

若CU_Depth小於Max_CU_Depth(S1300:YES),則取得CU分割構成(S1301)。作為一例,1位元的旗標資訊(cu_split_flag)係配合是否分割CU之選擇而被編碼、傳輸,藉由將該旗標資訊予以解碼,就可便是CU是否被分割。 If CU_Depth is smaller than Max_CU_Depth (S1300: YES), the CU split configuration is obtained (S1301). As an example, the 1-bit flag information (cu_split_flag) is encoded and transmitted in accordance with whether or not the CU is divided, and by decoding the flag information, whether or not the CU is divided.

當CU有被分割時(S1302:YES),為了將CU進行分割而解碼,將CU分割CU_Depth加算1(S1303)而對一階層下的CU進行CU單位之解碼處理(S1304-S1307),對CU之分割領域以分割1領域之處理(S1304)、分割2領域之處理(S1305)、分割3領域之處理(S1306)、分割4領域之處理(S1307)之順序遞迴地進行圖13的流程圖所說明之處理。 When the CU is divided (S1302: YES), in order to divide the CU and decode it, the CU partition CU_Depth is incremented by one (S1303), and the CU unit decoding processing is performed on the CU in one hierarchy (S1304-S1307), for the CU. The divided area is recursively performed in the order of the processing of the division 1 field (S1304), the processing of the division 2 field (S1305), the processing of the division 3 field (S1306), and the processing of the division 4 field (S1307). The treatment described.

若為CU_Depth為Max_CU_Depth以上之情況(S1300:NO)及CU未被分割之情況下(S1302:NO),則確定解碼對象的CU之大小,施行相應於已確定之CU內之預測模式的解碼處理。 If CU_Depth is greater than Max_CU_Depth (S1300: NO) and the CU is not divided (S1302: NO), the size of the CU of the decoding target is determined, and decoding processing corresponding to the prediction mode in the determined CU is performed. .

首先,將用來表示在CU內之預測上是使用畫面內預測、還是使用運動補償預測的資訊,加以取得。(S1308)。在實施形態1中,以CU單位表示是否為skip模式的skip旗標資訊(skip_flag)、或若CU不是skip模式則表示是否為畫面內預測還是運動補償預測的預 測模式旗標資訊(pred_mode_flag),是在編碼時被當成CU單位的預測模式資訊而編碼,藉由將它們予以解碼,就可取得表示是否為畫面內預測、還是運動補償預測(包含skip模式)的資訊。 First, it is used to indicate whether the prediction in the CU is using intra-picture prediction or motion compensation prediction. (S1308). In the first embodiment, whether or not the skip flag information (skip_flag) of the skip mode is indicated in CU units, or whether the prediction is whether the intra-picture prediction or the motion compensation prediction is performed if the CU is not the skip mode The mode flag information (pred_mode_flag) is encoded as prediction mode information of the CU unit at the time of encoding, and by decoding them, it is possible to obtain whether the representation is intra-picture prediction or motion compensation prediction (including skip mode). Information.

接著,若該當CU是畫面內預測時(S1309:YES),則CU單位的畫面內預測解碼處理,會被圖11的畫面內預測資訊解碼部1110及畫面內預測部1113所進行(S1311),生成對象CU中的畫面內預測訊號,與解碼誤差訊號進行加算,藉此而生成解碼影像訊號(S1312),結束CU單位的解碼處理。 Next, when the CU is intra-screen prediction (S1309: YES), the intra-frame prediction decoding process of the CU unit is performed by the intra-screen prediction information decoding unit 1110 and the intra-screen prediction unit 1113 of FIG. 11 (S1311). The intra-frame prediction signal in the target CU is generated and added to the decoding error signal, thereby generating a decoded video signal (S1312), and the decoding processing in the CU unit is ended.

若該當CU不是畫面內預測時(S1309:NO),則CU單位的運動補償預測解碼處理,係被圖11的運動資訊解碼部1111及運動補償預測部1114所進行(S1310),生成對象CU中的運動補償預測訊號,與解碼誤差訊號進行加算,藉此而生成解碼影像訊號(S1312),結束CU單位的解碼處理。關於步驟S1310之動作的細節,將於後述。 When the CU is not intra prediction (S1309: NO), the motion compensation prediction decoding process of the CU unit is performed by the motion information decoding unit 1111 and the motion compensation prediction unit 1114 of FIG. 11 (S1310), and the target CU is generated. The motion compensation prediction signal is added to the decoding error signal to generate a decoded video signal (S1312), and the decoding process of the CU unit is ended. Details of the operation of step S1310 will be described later.

接著針對圖13之流程圖中的步驟S1310亦即對象CU中的運動補償預測解碼處理之細節,使用圖14的流程圖來說明。首先,將作為表示CU單位之預測模式之資訊而解碼的skip旗標加以取得(S1400),若skip旗標為1、亦即是skip模式時(S1401:YES),則CU內的預測區塊分割模式就為2N×2N,NumPart會被設定成1而實施2N×2N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1402)。 Next, the details of the motion compensated prediction decoding processing in the target CU, which is step S1310 in the flowchart of FIG. 13, will be described using the flowchart of FIG. First, a skip flag decoded as information indicating a prediction mode of the CU unit is obtained (S1400), and if the skip flag is 1, that is, in the skip mode (S1401: YES), the prediction block in the CU The split mode is 2N×2N, and the NumPart is set to 1 to perform prediction block unit decoding of the 2N×2N prediction block (S1402).

若skip_flag為0、亦即不是skip模式時(S1401:NO),則是為CU分割(PU)模式,將編碼時在該當CU上所選擇的運動補償預測區塊尺寸之種別亦即CU內分割模式值,由預測模式資訊加以取得(S1403),若PU模式是2N×2N時(S1404:YES),則NumPart會被設定成1而實施2N×2N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1402)。 If the skip_flag is 0, that is, not in the skip mode (S1401: NO), it is in the CU partition (PU) mode, and the type of the motion compensation prediction block size selected on the CU at the time of encoding, that is, the intra-CU partition is determined. The mode value is obtained from the prediction mode information (S1403). If the PU mode is 2N×2N (S1404: YES), the NumPart is set to 1 and the prediction block unit decoding of the 2N×2N prediction block is implemented (S1402). ).

若PU模式不是2N×2N(S1404:NO),若PU模式是2N×N時(S1405:YES),則NumPart會被設定成2而實施2N×N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1406)。 If the PU mode is not 2N×2N (S1404:NO), if the PU mode is 2N×N (S1405: YES), the NumPart is set to 2 and the prediction block unit decoding of the 2N×N prediction block is implemented (S1406). ).

接著,CU_Depth等於Max_CU_Depth且對象CU尺寸為8×8、後述之inter_4x4_enable旗標為1時(S1407:YES),則更進一步判定PU模式是否為N×2N(S1409),若PU模式是N×2N時(S1409:YES),則NumPart會被設定成2,實施N×2N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1408)。 Next, when CU_Depth is equal to Max_CU_Depth and the target CU size is 8×8, and the inter_4x4_enable flag to be described later is 1 (S1407: YES), it is further determined whether the PU mode is N×2N (S1409), and if the PU mode is N×2N. At the time (S1409: YES), the NumPart is set to 2, and the prediction block unit decoding of the N × 2N prediction block is performed (S1408).

若PU模式不是N×2N時(S1409:NO),則PU模式係為N×N,將NumPart設定成4,實施N×N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1410)。 When the PU mode is not N×2N (S1409: NO), the PU mode is N×N, NumPart is set to 4, and prediction block unit decoding of the N×N prediction block is performed (S1410).

若不滿足步驟S1407之條件(S1407:NO),則由於在該當CU中不適用N×N預測區塊,因此NumPart會被設定成2,實施N×2N預測區塊的預測區塊單位解碼(S1408)。步驟S1402、S1406、S1408、S1410 所實施的每一PU模式的預測區塊單位解碼處理之細節,將於後述。 If the condition of step S1407 is not satisfied (S1407: NO), since the N×N prediction block is not applicable in the CU, the NumPart is set to 2, and the prediction block unit decoding of the N×2N prediction block is implemented ( S1408). Steps S1402, S1406, S1408, S1410 The details of the prediction block unit decoding process for each PU mode implemented will be described later.

在實施形態1中,關於對已解碼之PU模式的預測區塊單位之解碼處理的選擇所需之條件判斷,係如圖14的流程圖所示,是從步驟S1404至S1409依序進行處理,但只要是依照已解碼之PU模式,實施預測區塊單位之解碼處理的構成,則就算用關於條件分歧之順序係為不同的構成,仍可實現之。 In the first embodiment, the condition determination required for the selection of the decoding process of the prediction block unit of the decoded PU mode is as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 14, and the processing is sequentially performed from steps S1404 to S1409. However, as long as the decoding process is performed in accordance with the decoded PU mode, the configuration of the prediction block unit is performed, and even if the order of the conditional differences is different, it can be realized.

實施每一PU模式的預測區塊單位解碼處理後,PU模式及預測區塊單位的運動資訊等之模式資訊,是被儲存在圖11的預測模式資訊記憶體1112(S1411),結束對該當CU的運動補償預測解碼處理。 After the prediction block unit decoding process for each PU mode is performed, the mode information of the PU mode and the motion information of the prediction block unit is stored in the prediction mode information memory 1112 of FIG. 11 (S1411), and the CU is terminated. The motion compensated prediction decoding process.

〔實施形態1的詳細機能說明〕 [Detailed function description of the first embodiment]

接著,本發明的實施形態1所述之動態影像編碼裝置的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113之動作,圖7的流程圖中的步驟S701、S702、S703、S705之處理的詳細動作,說明如下。 Next, the operation of the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 of the motion image coding apparatus according to the first embodiment of the present invention, and the detailed operation of the processes of steps S701, S702, S703, and S705 in the flowchart of FIG. 7 will be described. as follows.

〔實施形態1中的動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部的詳細動作說明〕 [Detailed Operation of Motion Compensation Prediction Block Structure Selection Unit in Motion Picture Coding Apparatus in Embodiment 1]

圖15係實施形態1的動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113之詳細構成的圖示。運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,係具有決定最佳運動補償預測 模式及預測區塊構造的機能。 Fig. 15 is a view showing a detailed configuration of the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 in the video encoding device according to the first embodiment. The motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 has the best motion compensation prediction Pattern and predict the function of block construction.

運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,係含有:運動補償預測生成部1500、預測誤差算出部1501、預測向量算出部1502、差分向量算出部1503、運動資訊編碼量算出部1504、預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505、結合運動資訊算出部1506、結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507、及結合運動補償預測生成部1508。 The motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 includes a motion compensation prediction generation unit 1500, a prediction error calculation unit 1501, a prediction vector calculation unit 1502, a difference vector calculation unit 1503, a motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504, and a prediction mode/region. The block structure evaluation unit 1505, the combined motion information calculation unit 1506, the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 1507, and the combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508.

對圖1中的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113,運動向量偵測部111所輸入之運動向量值,係被供給至運動補償預測生成部1500,預測模式資訊記憶體119所輸入之運動資訊,係被供給至預測向量算出部1502、及結合運動資訊算出部1506。 The motion vector predicting block structure selecting unit 113 in FIG. 1 inputs the motion vector value input by the motion vector detecting unit 111 to the motion compensation prediction generating unit 1500, and predicts the motion information input by the mode information memory 119. The system is supplied to the prediction vector calculation unit 1502 and the combined motion information calculation unit 1506.

又,對運動補償預測部112,從運動補償預測生成部1500、及結合運動補償預測生成部1508,會輸出運動補償預測時所使用的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,由運動補償預測部112,已被生成之運動補償預測影像係被供給至預測誤差算出部1501。預測誤差算出部1501係還會由編碼區塊取得部102供給著,身為編碼對象之預測區塊的影像訊號。 Further, the motion compensation prediction unit 112 outputs the reference video designation information and the motion vector used in the motion compensation prediction from the motion compensation prediction generation unit 1500 and the combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508, and the motion compensation prediction unit 112 The motion compensated prediction image that has been generated is supplied to the prediction error calculation unit 1501. The prediction error calculation unit 1501 also supplies the video signal of the prediction block to be encoded by the coding block acquisition unit 102.

又,從預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505,對預測模式選擇部116係供給著:預測區塊構造、進行編碼的運動資訊與已確定之預測模式資訊、及運動補償預測訊號。 Further, the prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505 supplies the prediction mode selection unit 116 with the prediction block structure, the coded motion information, the determined prediction mode information, and the motion compensation prediction signal.

運動補償預測生成部1500,係於各預測區塊 構造中,將針對預測時所能使用之各參照影像所算出的運動向量值予以接收,依照圖10所示的雙預測限制資訊來進行運動補償預測,將參照影像指定資訊供給至預測向量算出部1502,將參照影像指定資訊與運動向量予以輸出。 The motion compensation prediction generation unit 1500 is associated with each prediction block. In the configuration, the motion vector value calculated for each reference image that can be used in the prediction is received, the motion compensation prediction is performed according to the bi-prediction restriction information shown in FIG. 10, and the reference image specifying information is supplied to the prediction vector calculation unit. 1502, the reference image designation information and the motion vector are output.

預測誤差算出部1501,係根據所被輸入的運動補償預測影像與處理對象之預測區塊影像,算出預測誤差評價值。作為用來算出誤差評價值的演算,係和運動向量偵測時的誤差評價值同樣地,可使用每一像素的差分絕對值之總和SAD、或每一像素的平方誤差值之總和SSE等。甚至,還考慮在進行預測殘差之編碼之際所施行的、進行正交轉換、量化而在解碼影像中所產生的失真成分的量,藉此可算出更正確的誤差評價值。此種情況下,藉由在預測誤差算出部1501內具有圖1的減算部103、正交轉換.量化部104、逆量化.逆轉換部106、加算部107之機能,就可加以實現。 The prediction error calculation unit 1501 calculates a prediction error evaluation value based on the motion compensation prediction video that is input and the prediction block image to be processed. As the calculation for calculating the error evaluation value, similarly to the error evaluation value at the time of motion vector detection, the sum SAD of the difference absolute values of each pixel, or the sum SSE of the square error values of each pixel, or the like can be used. In addition, it is also possible to calculate a more accurate error evaluation value by performing an orthogonal conversion and quantization and performing an amount of distortion components generated in the decoded image when the prediction residual is encoded. In this case, the subtraction unit 103 of FIG. 1 and the orthogonal conversion are provided in the prediction error calculation unit 1501. Quantization unit 104, inverse quantization. The functions of the inverse conversion unit 106 and the addition unit 107 can be realized.

預測誤差算出部1501,係將各預測模式及各預測區塊構造下所算出的預測誤差評價值、和運動補償預測訊號,供給至預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505。 The prediction error calculation unit 1501 supplies the prediction error evaluation value and the motion compensation prediction signal calculated in each prediction mode and each prediction block structure to the prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505.

預測向量算出部1502,係被從運動補償預測生成部1500供給著參照影像指定資訊,根據從預測模式資訊記憶體119所供給的相鄰區塊之運動資訊中的候補區塊群,輸入針對已被指定之參照影像的運動向量值,將複數預測向量連同預測向量候補清單一併加以生成,向差分 向量算出部1503,連同參照影像指定資訊一併加以供給。預測向量算出部1502,係作成預測向量之候補,當作預測向量候補而加以登錄。 The prediction vector calculation unit 1502 supplies the reference video designation information from the motion compensation prediction generation unit 1500, and inputs the reference block group based on the motion information in the motion information of the adjacent block supplied from the prediction mode information memory 119. The motion vector value of the designated reference image, and the complex prediction vector is generated together with the prediction vector candidate list, and the difference is generated. The vector calculation unit 1503 supplies the information together with the reference image designation information. The prediction vector calculation unit 1502 creates a candidate for the prediction vector and registers it as a prediction vector candidate.

差分向量算出部1503,係對預測向量算出部1502所供給的預測向量候補之每一者,計算與從運動補償預測生成部1500所供給之運動向量值的差分,算出差分向量值。在將已被算出之差分向量值與對預測向量候補的指定資訊亦即預測向量索引予以編碼之際,編碼量會是最少。差分向量算出部1503,係將對於資訊量最少的預測向量的預測向量索引與差分向量值,連同參照影像指定資訊,一起供給至運動資訊編碼量算出部1504。 The difference vector calculation unit 1503 calculates a difference vector value from the motion vector value supplied from the motion compensation prediction generation unit 1500 for each of the prediction vector candidates supplied from the prediction vector calculation unit 1502. When the difference vector value that has been calculated and the specified information of the prediction vector candidate, that is, the prediction vector index, are encoded, the amount of coding will be the least. The difference vector calculation unit 1503 supplies the prediction vector index and the difference vector value of the prediction vector having the least information amount to the motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504 together with the reference video designation information.

運動資訊編碼量算出部1504,係根據由差分向量算出部1503所供給之差分向量值、參照影像指定資訊、預測向量索引、及預測模式,而算出各預測區塊構造及各預測模式下的運動資訊所需之編碼量。又,運動資訊編碼量算出部1504,係從結合運動補償預測生成部1508,收取在結合預測模式下有必要傳輸的結合運動資訊索引和用來表示預測模式的資訊,算出結合預測模式下的運動資訊所需之編碼量。 The motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504 calculates the motion of each prediction block structure and each prediction mode based on the difference vector value, the reference video designation information, the prediction vector index, and the prediction mode supplied from the difference vector calculation unit 1503. The amount of coding required for the information. Further, the motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504 receives the combined motion information index necessary for transmission in the combined prediction mode and the information for indicating the prediction mode from the combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508, and calculates the motion in the combined prediction mode. The amount of coding required for the information.

運動資訊編碼量算出部1504,係將各預測區塊構造及各預測模式下所算出之運動資訊及運動資訊所需編碼量,供給至預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505。 The motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504 supplies the prediction information/block structure evaluation unit 1505 to the prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505 for each of the prediction block structure and the motion information and motion information calculated in each prediction mode.

預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505,係使用預測誤差算出部1501所供給之各預測模式的預測誤差評價 值、和從運動資訊編碼量算出部1504所供給之各預測模式的運動資訊編碼量,算出各預測模式的綜合運動補償預測誤差評價值,選擇最少之評價值的預測模式及預測區塊尺寸,將已選擇之預測模式、預測區塊尺寸與對已選擇之預測模式的運動資訊,輸出至預測模式選擇部116。又,預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505係同樣地,對預測誤差算出部1501所供給之運動補償預測訊號,將已選擇之預測模式、預測區塊尺寸下的預測訊號予以選擇,然後輸出至預測模式選擇部116。 The prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505 uses the prediction error evaluation of each prediction mode supplied from the prediction error calculation unit 1501. The value and the motion information coding amount of each prediction mode supplied from the motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504, the integrated motion compensation prediction error evaluation value of each prediction mode is calculated, and the prediction mode and the prediction block size of the least evaluation value are selected. The selected prediction mode, the prediction block size, and the motion information for the selected prediction mode are output to the prediction mode selection unit 116. Further, the prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505 similarly selects the prediction signal under the selected prediction mode and prediction block size for the motion compensation prediction signal supplied from the prediction error calculation unit 1501, and then outputs it to the prediction signal. Prediction mode selection unit 116.

結合運動資訊算出部1506,係使用預測模式資訊記憶體119所供給的相鄰區塊之運動資訊中的候補區塊群,由表示單預測還是雙預測的預測種別、參照影像指定資訊、運動向量值構成運動資訊,將複數運動資訊連同結合運動資訊候補清單一併加以生成,供給至結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507。 The combined motion information calculation unit 1506 uses the candidate block group in the motion information of the adjacent block supplied from the prediction mode information storage unit 119, and the prediction type indicating the single prediction or the bi-prediction, the reference image designation information, and the motion vector. The value constitutes motion information, and the complex motion information is generated together with the combined motion information candidate list, and supplied to the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 1507.

圖16係圖示結合運動資訊算出部1506之構成。結合運動資訊算出部1506係含有:空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1600、結合運動資訊候補清單刪除部1601、時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1602、第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603及第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1604。結合運動資訊算出部1506,係根據空間性相鄰之候補區塊群而以所定順序來作成運動資訊之候補,從其中刪除了帶有相同運動資訊的候補之後,追加根據時間性相鄰之候補區塊群所作成之運動資訊之候補, 藉此僅將有效之運動資訊,登錄成為結合運動資訊候補。將該時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部配置在結合運動資訊候補清單刪除部後段這點,是本實施形態的特徵性構成,將時間結合運動資訊候補排除在刪除相同運動資訊之處理對象之外,藉此就可不降低編碼效率就能削減演算量。關於結合運動資訊算出部1506的詳細動作,將於後述。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the configuration of the combined motion information calculation unit 1506. The combined motion information calculation unit 1506 includes a spatial combined motion information candidate list generating unit 1600, a combined motion information candidate list deleting unit 1601, a time combined motion information candidate list generating unit 1602, a first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603, and a 2 The motion information candidate list adding unit 1604 is combined. The combined motion information calculation unit 1506 creates candidates for the motion information in a predetermined order based on the spatially adjacent candidate block groups, and deletes candidates with the same motion information, and adds candidates adjacent to the temporal neighbors. The candidate for the movement information made by the block group, In this way, only valid sports information is registered as a candidate for combining sports information. The time-integrated motion information candidate list generating unit is disposed in the subsequent stage of the combined motion information candidate list deleting unit, and is a characteristic configuration of the present embodiment, and the time-integrated motion information candidate is excluded from the processing target for deleting the same motion information. This can reduce the amount of calculation without reducing the coding efficiency. The detailed operation of the combined motion information calculation unit 1506 will be described later.

回到圖15,結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507係對結合運動資訊算出部1506所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單及候補清單中所被登錄的運動資訊,按照圖10所示的雙預測限制資訊,將預測種別是雙預測的運動資訊,轉換成單預測的運動資訊,供給至結合運動補償預測生成部1508。 Referring back to FIG. 15, the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 1507 associates the motion information registered in the combined motion information candidate list and the candidate list supplied by the combined motion information calculation unit 1506 with the bi-prediction restriction information shown in FIG. The predicted information is bi-predicted motion information, converted into single predicted motion information, and supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction generating unit 1508.

結合運動補償預測生成部1508,係藉由結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單,對於已被登錄之結合運動資訊候補的每一者,在運動補償預測部112中根據運動資訊,隨應於預測種別而指定1個參照影像(單預測)或不同的2個參照影像(雙預測)之參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,生成運動補償預測影像,並且將各個結合運動資訊索引,供給至運動資訊編碼量算出部1504。 The combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508 combines the combined motion information candidate list supplied by the motion information sheet predictive conversion unit 1507 with each of the registered combined motion information candidates in the motion compensation prediction unit 112. The motion information specifies a reference image specifying information and a motion vector value corresponding to one reference image (single prediction) or two different reference images (double prediction) according to the prediction species, generating a motion compensation prediction image, and combining the combined motions The information index is supplied to the motion information code amount calculation unit 1504.

在圖15的構成中,各個結合運動資訊索引的預測模式評價,係在預測模式/區塊構造評價部1505中實施,但亦可採取以下構成:預測誤差評價值及運動資訊編 碼量是從預測誤差算出部1501及運動資訊編碼量算出部1504收取,在結合運動補償預測生成部1508內,確定了最佳之結合運動補償預測的結合運動索引後,進行包含其他預測模式的最佳預測模式之評價。 In the configuration of FIG. 15, the prediction mode evaluation of each combined motion information index is performed in the prediction mode/block structure evaluation unit 1505, but the following configuration may be adopted: prediction error evaluation value and motion information coding. The code amount is received from the prediction error calculation unit 1501 and the motion information coding amount calculation unit 1504, and the combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508 determines the combined motion index of the optimal combined motion compensation prediction, and then performs other prediction modes. Evaluation of the best prediction model.

圖17係圖7的流程圖中的步驟S701、S702、S703、S705步驟的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。此動作係圖示了圖15的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113中的詳細動作。 Fig. 17 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing in steps S701, S702, S703, and S705 in the flowchart of Fig. 7. This operation is a detailed operation in the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 of Fig. 15 .

首先,基於依照已被定義之CU內的預測區塊尺寸分割模式(PU)而被設定的NumPart,對於對象CU內進行PU分割而成的每一預測區塊尺寸(S1700),執行步驟S1701至步驟S1708的步驟(S1709)。首先,進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成(S1701)。 First, based on the NumPart set in accordance with the prediction block size division mode (PU) in the CU that has been defined, for each prediction block size (S1700) in which the PU is divided in the target CU, step S1701 is performed. Step S1708 (S1709). First, combined motion information candidate list generation is performed (S1701).

接著,若預測區塊尺寸是被圖10所示之用來限制雙預測的控制參數inter_bipred_restriction_idc所設定之用來限制雙預測之預測區塊尺寸亦即bipred_restriction_size以下時(S1702:YES),則在所被生成之結合運動資訊候補清單內將各候補的雙預測之運動資訊置換成單預測的運動資訊,進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換(S1703)。若預測區塊尺寸並非bipred_restriction_size以下(S1702:NO),則前進至後續的步驟S1704。 Then, if the predicted block size is set by the control parameter inter_bipred_restriction_idc used to limit the bi-prediction shown in FIG. 10 to limit the predicted block size of the double prediction, that is, below the bipred_restriction_size (S1702: YES), then In the generated combined motion information candidate list, the motion information of the double prediction of each candidate is replaced with the motion information of the single prediction, and the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion is performed (S1703). If the predicted block size is not below bipred_restriction_size (S1702: NO), the process proceeds to the subsequent step S1704.

接著,以已被生成或置換過的結合運動資訊候補清單的運動資訊為基礎,生成結合預測模式評價值 (S1704)。接著,生成預測模式評價值(S1705),藉由和已生成之評價值做比較,以選擇最佳的預測模式(S1706)。可是,步驟S1704及S1705的評價值生成順序係不限定於此。 Then, based on the motion information of the combined motion information candidate list that has been generated or replaced, the combined prediction mode evaluation value is generated. (S1704). Next, a prediction mode evaluation value is generated (S1705), and the optimal prediction mode is selected by comparing with the generated evaluation value (S1706). However, the order of generation of the evaluation values in steps S1704 and S1705 is not limited thereto.

依照所被選擇之預測模式而輸出預測訊號(S1707),依照所被選擇之預測模式而輸出運動資訊(S1708),藉此就結束預測區塊單位的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理。關於步驟S1701、S1703、S1704及S1705的詳細動作,將於後述。 The prediction signal is output in accordance with the selected prediction mode (S1707), and the motion information is output in accordance with the selected prediction mode (S1708), thereby ending the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing of the prediction block unit. The detailed operations of steps S1701, S1703, S1704, and S1705 will be described later.

圖18係圖17的步驟S1701的結合運動資訊候補清單生成的詳細動作的說明用流程圖。此動作係圖示了圖15的結合運動資訊算出部1506中之構成的詳細動作。 FIG. 18 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined motion information candidate list generation in step S1701 of FIG. 17. This operation shows the detailed operation of the configuration in the combined motion information calculation unit 1506 of Fig. 15 .

圖16的空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1600,係根據預測模式資訊記憶體119所供給之空間候補區塊群的領域外的候補區塊、或除了屬於畫面內模式之候補區塊以外的候補區塊,而生成空間結合運動資訊候補清單(S1800)。空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成的詳細動作,將於後述。 The spatial combined motion information candidate list generating unit 1600 of FIG. 16 is a candidate block other than the domain of the space candidate block group supplied from the prediction mode information memory 119 or a candidate other than the candidate block belonging to the intra mode. Block, and the generated space is combined with the motion information candidate list (S1800). The detailed actions generated by the space combined with the motion information candidate list will be described later.

接著,結合運動資訊候補清單刪除部1601中,從已被生成之空間結合運動資訊候補清單,將帶有相同運動資訊的結合運動資訊候補予以刪除而更新運動資訊候補清單(S1801)。結合運動資訊候補刪除之詳細動作,將於後述。 Then, the combined motion information candidate list deleting unit 1601 deletes the combined motion information candidate having the same motion information from the generated space combined motion information candidate list, and updates the motion information candidate list (S1801). The detailed action of deleting the motion information candidate will be described later.

時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1602係接著根據預測模式資訊記憶體119所供給之時間候補區塊群的領域外的候補區塊、或除了屬於畫面內模式之候補區塊以外的候補區塊,生成時間結合運動資訊候補清單(S1802),與時間結合運動資訊候補清單做結合而成為結合運動資訊候補清單。時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成的詳細動作,將於後述。 The time-integrated motion information candidate list generating unit 1602 is followed by a candidate block outside the field of the time candidate block group supplied from the prediction mode information memory 119 or a candidate block other than the candidate block belonging to the intra-picture mode. The generation time is combined with the motion information candidate list (S1802), and combined with the time combined motion information candidate list to become a combined motion information candidate list. The detailed actions generated by the time combined with the motion information candidate list will be described later.

接著,第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603係根據時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1602所生成的已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補,來生成0個至2個第1結合運動資訊候補然後追加至結合運動資訊候補清單(S1803),將該當結合運動資訊候補清單,供給至第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1604。第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加的詳細動作,將於後述。 Then, the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603 generates 0 to 2 based on the combined motion information candidates registered in the combined motion information candidate list generated by the time combined motion information candidate list generating unit 1602. The combined motion information candidate is added to the combined motion information candidate list (S1803), and the combined motion information candidate list is supplied to the second combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1604. The detailed operation of adding the first combined motion information candidate list will be described later.

接著,第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1604,係生成不依存於第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單的0個至4個第2結合運動資訊候補,追加至第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單(S1804),結束處理。第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加的詳細動作,將於後述。 Then, the second combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1604 generates 0 to 4 second combined motion information candidates that are not dependent on the combined motion information candidate list supplied from the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603, and is added. The combined motion information candidate list supplied by the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603 (S1804) ends the processing. The detailed operation of adding the second combined motion information candidate list will be described later.

藉由預測模式資訊記憶體119而被供給至結合運動資訊算出部1506的運動資訊的候補區塊群中,係 含有空間候補區塊群和時間候補區塊群。首先說明空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成。 The prediction mode information memory 119 is supplied to the candidate block group of the motion information combined with the motion information calculation unit 1506. It includes a space candidate block group and a time candidate block group. First, the spatial combined motion information candidate list generation will be described.

圖19係空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成時所使用的空間候補區塊群的圖示。空間候補區塊群,係表示編碼對象影像之預測對象區塊所相鄰的同一影像之區塊。區塊群,其管理是以最小預測區塊尺寸單位來進行,候補區塊的位置,係以最小預測區塊尺寸之單位來管理,但若相鄰區塊之預測區塊尺寸是大於最小預測區塊尺寸時,則對預測區塊尺寸內的所有候補區塊會儲存相同的運動資訊。在實施形態1中,係在相鄰的區塊群之內,將如圖19所示的區塊A0、區塊A1、區塊B0、區塊B1、區塊B2的5區塊,視為空間候補區塊群。 Fig. 19 is a diagram showing a space candidate block group used in the generation of the spatial combined motion information candidate list. The space candidate block group is a block representing the same image adjacent to the prediction target block of the encoding target image. Block group, whose management is performed in the unit of minimum predicted block size, the position of the candidate block is managed in units of minimum predicted block size, but if the predicted block size of the adjacent block is greater than the minimum prediction When the block size is used, the same motion information is stored for all candidate blocks within the predicted block size. In the first embodiment, within the adjacent block group, the block 5 of the block A0, the block A1, the block B0, the block B1, and the block B2 as shown in FIG. 19 is regarded as Space candidate block group.

圖20係空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。空間候補區塊群中所含的5個候補區塊當中,針對區塊A0、區塊A1、區塊B0、區塊B1、區塊B2,以區塊A1、區塊B1、區塊B0、區塊A0之順序,重複進行以下處理(S2000~S2003)。 Fig. 20 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the spatial combined motion information candidate list generation. Among the five candidate blocks included in the space candidate block group, for the block A0, the block A1, the block B0, the block B1, and the block B2, the block A1, the block B1, the block B0, In the order of the block A0, the following processing is repeated (S2000 to S2003).

首先檢查候補區塊的有效性(S2001)。若候補區塊既非領域外也非畫面內模式,則候補區塊係為有效。若候補區塊是有效(S2001:YES),則將候補區塊之運動資訊,追加至空間結合運動資訊候補清單(S2002)。 First check the validity of the candidate block (S2001). If the candidate block is neither field nor intra-picture mode, the candidate block is valid. If the candidate block is valid (S2001: YES), the motion information of the candidate block is added to the space combined motion information candidate list (S2002).

接續於步驟S2000至步驟S2003的重複處理,若已被追加至空間結合運動資訊候補清單的候補數未 滿4(S2004:YES),則檢查候補區塊B2的有效性(S2005)。若區塊B2非領域外也非畫面內模式(S2005:YES),則將區塊B2之運動資訊追加至空間結合運動資訊候補清單中(S2006)。 Following the iterative process of step S2000 to step S2003, if the number of candidates added to the space combined motion information candidate list is not When 4 (S2004: YES), the validity of the candidate block B2 is checked (S2005). If the block B2 is not in-screen mode other than the field (S2005: YES), the motion information of the block B2 is added to the spatial combined motion information candidate list (S2006).

此處係假設空間結合運動資訊候補清單中是含有4筆以下的候補區塊之運動資訊,但空間候補區塊群係只要是相鄰於處理對象之預測區塊的至少1個以上的已處理之區塊,且會隨著候補區塊之有效性而改變空間結合運動資訊候補清單之數目即可,並非限定於此。 Here, it is assumed that the spatial combined motion information candidate list includes motion information of candidate blocks of four or less, but the spatial candidate block group is processed as long as at least one of the predicted blocks adjacent to the processing target. The block is changed, and the number of spatial combined motion information candidate lists may be changed according to the validity of the candidate block, and is not limited thereto.

圖21係結合運動資訊候補刪除之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。藉由空間結合運動資訊候補清單作成處理,若令所生成之結合運動資訊候補的最大數為MaxSpatialCand,則對從i=MaxSpatialCand-1至i>0為止的結合運動資訊候補(候補(i)),重複進行以下之處理(S2100~S2106)。 Fig. 21 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion information candidate deletion. By combining the motion information candidate list creation by the space, if the maximum number of combined motion information candidates generated is MaxSpatialCand, the combined motion information candidate (candidate (i)) from i=MaxSpatialCand-1 to i>0 Repeat the following processing (S2100~S2106).

若候補(i)存在(S2101的YES),則對ii=i-1至ii>=0為止的結合運動資訊候補(候補(ii)),重複進行以下之處理(S2102~S2105),若候補(i)不存在(S2101的NO)則略過步驟S2102至S2105的針對候補(ii)的重複處理。 If the candidate (i) exists (YES in S2101), the following processing (S2102 to S2105) is repeated for the combined motion information candidate (candidate (ii)) from ii=i-1 to ii>=0, and the candidate is added. (i) If there is no (NO of S2101), the repetition processing for the candidate (ii) of steps S2102 to S2105 is skipped.

首先,檢查候補(i)的運動資訊(運動資訊(i))和候補(ii)的運動資訊(運動資訊(ii))是否為相同(S2103),若為相同(S2103的YES),則將候補(i)從結合運動資訊候補清單中刪除(S2104),結束 針對候補(ii)的重複處理。 First, it is checked whether the motion information (sports information (i)) of the candidate (i) and the motion information (motion information (ii)) of the candidate (ii) are the same (S2103), and if they are the same (YES of S2103), The candidate (i) is deleted from the combined exercise information candidate list (S2104), and ends. Repeat processing for candidate (ii).

若運動資訊(i)與運動資訊(ii)並非相同(S2103的NO),則從ii減去1,重複針對候補(ii)的處理(S2102~S2105)。 If the motion information (i) and the motion information (ii) are not the same (NO of S2103), the subtraction of 1 from ii repeats the processing for candidate (ii) (S2102 to S2105).

接續於步驟S2100至步驟S2105的重複處理,從i減去1,重複針對候補(i)的處理(S2100~S2106)。 Following the iterative process of step S2100 to step S2105, 1 is subtracted from i, and the process for candidate (i) is repeated (S2100 to S2106).

圖22係圖示結合運動資訊候補為4個時的清單中的候補的比較關係。亦即,針對不含時間結合運動資訊候補的4個空間結合運動資訊候補,進行循環比較以判定同一性,刪除重複的候補。 FIG. 22 is a view showing a comparison relationship of candidates in the list when the combined motion information candidates are four. That is, the four spatial combined motion information candidates including the time-integrated motion information candidates are subjected to cyclic comparison to determine the identity, and the duplicate candidates are deleted.

此處,結合預測模式係使用時間方向或空間方向的運動的連續性,預測對象區塊係不將自身的運動資訊直接予以編碼,而是將空間及時間上相鄰之區塊的運動資訊使用於編碼的手法,但相對於空間結合運動資訊候補是基於空間方向之連續性的方法,時間結合運動資訊候補係以基於時間方向之連續性的後述之方法所生成,它們的性質係為不同。因此時間結合運動資訊候補與空間結合運動資訊候補中含有同一運動資訊是很少見的,即使將時間結合運動資訊候補排除在用來刪除同一運動資訊所需的結合運動資訊候補刪除處理的對象之外,最終獲得之結合運動資訊候補清單中含有同一運動資訊仍是很少見的。 Here, in combination with the prediction mode, the continuity of the motion in the time direction or the spatial direction is used, and the prediction target block does not directly encode its own motion information, but uses the motion information of the spatially and temporally adjacent blocks. In the coding method, the spatial motion information candidate is a method based on the continuity of the spatial direction, and the time-combined motion information candidate system is generated by a method described later based on the continuity of the time direction, and their properties are different. Therefore, it is rare to include the same motion information in the time combination motion information candidate and the space combination motion information candidate, even if the time combined with the motion information candidate is excluded from the object of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing required to delete the same motion information. In addition, it is still rare to have the same motion information in the final list of combined sports information candidates.

又,如後述,時間結合運動資訊候補區塊係以大於最小預測區塊的尺寸亦即最小時間預測區塊單位而 被管理,因此當時間性相鄰之預測區塊的大小是小於最小時間預測區塊時,則從原本位置錯開之位置的運動資訊會被使用,其結果為,經常造成運動資訊中含有誤差。因此,會有很多與空間結合運動資訊候補之運動資訊不同的運動資訊,即使排除在用來刪除相同運動資訊所需的結合運動資訊候補刪除處理的對象之外,影響仍很少。 Moreover, as will be described later, the time-integrated motion information candidate block is predicted to be larger than the minimum predicted block size, that is, the minimum time prediction block unit. It is managed, so when the size of the temporally adjacent prediction block is smaller than the minimum time prediction block, the motion information from the position where the original position is staggered is used, and as a result, the motion information often contains errors. Therefore, there will be a lot of motion information that is different from the motion information of the space combined with the motion information candidate, and even if it is excluded from the object of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing required for deleting the same motion information, the influence is still small.

圖23係空間結合運動資訊候補之最大數為4之情況下的結合運動資訊候補刪除時的候補之比較內容之一例。圖23(a)係僅將空間結合運動資訊候補視為結合運動資訊候補刪除處理之對象時的比較內容,圖23(b)係將空間結合運動資訊候補與時間結合運動資訊視為處理對象時的比較內容。藉由僅將空間結合運動資訊候補視為結合運動資訊候補刪除處理之對象,可使運動資訊比較次數,從10次減少為6次。 FIG. 23 is an example of comparison contents of candidates when the combined motion information candidate is deleted in the case where the maximum number of spatial combined motion information candidates is four. FIG. 23( a ) is a comparison content when only the spatial combined motion information candidate is regarded as the object of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing, and FIG. 23( b ) is a case where the spatial combined motion information candidate and the time combined motion information are regarded as the processing target. Comparison of content. By only considering the spatial combined motion information candidate as the object of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing, the number of times of the motion information comparison can be reduced from 10 times to 6 times.

如此,藉由不把時間結合運動資訊候補當作結合運動資訊候補刪除處理之對象,就可適切地刪除相同的運動資訊,同時將運動資訊的比較次數,從10次削減到6次。 In this way, by not combining the time combined with the motion information candidate as the object of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing, the same motion information can be appropriately deleted, and the number of comparisons of the motion information can be reduced from 10 times to 6 times.

又,不比較所有空間預測候補的同一性,而是僅進行空間位置相近之候補間彼此的比較,藉此亦可削減結合運動資訊候補刪除處理的次數。具體而言,從圖19之B1位置所算出之結合運動資訊係與A1位置的結合運動資訊進行比較,從B0位置所算出之結合運動資訊係僅和B1位置的結合運動資訊進行比較,從A0位置所算 出之結合運動資訊係僅和A1比較,從B2位置所算出之結合運動資訊係僅和A1、B1比較,藉此可將運動資訊的比較次數,限制成最多5次。 Further, instead of comparing the similarities of all the spatial prediction candidates, only the comparisons between the candidates having similar spatial positions are performed, and the number of times of the combined motion information candidate deletion processing can be reduced. Specifically, the combined motion information calculated from the position B1 of FIG. 19 is compared with the combined motion information of the A1 position, and the combined motion information calculated from the B0 position is compared only with the combined motion information of the B1 position, from A0. Position calculated The combined sports information is only compared with A1, and the combined sports information calculated from the B2 position is compared with A1 and B1, thereby limiting the number of comparisons of the sports information to a maximum of five times.

如上記僅對特定之空間預測候補進行結合運動資訊的同一比較時,在空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成中(S1800),就進行了結合運動資訊候補刪除處理(S1801),同一結合運動資訊不慎殘留而導致編碼效率降低的影響會較少。亦即,在空間結合運動資訊候補清單生成時進行結合運動資訊的同一比較,藉此可以不必追加多餘的結合運動資訊,所以當把圖20的步驟S2004的最大空間預測候補數限制成4個的時候,可提高從B2位置所算出之結合運動資訊被追加的可能性的緣故。 As described above, when the same comparison is performed for the specific spatial prediction candidates, in the spatial combined motion information candidate list generation (S1800), the combined motion information candidate deletion processing (S1801) is performed, and the same combined motion information is inadvertently Residues will have less impact on the reduction in coding efficiency. In other words, when the spatial combined motion information candidate list is generated, the same comparison of the combined motion information is performed, so that it is not necessary to add redundant combined motion information, so the maximum spatial prediction candidate in step S2004 of FIG. 20 is limited to four. At that time, it is possible to increase the possibility that the combined motion information calculated from the position B2 is added.

接著說明時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成。圖24係時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成時所使用的時間方向周邊預測區塊之定義的說明圖。時間候補區塊群係表示,與預測對象區塊所屬影像不同之已解碼之影像ColPic中所屬的區塊之中,位於與預測對象區塊相同位置及其周邊的區塊。區塊群,其管理是以最小時間預測區塊尺寸單位來進行,候補區塊的位置,係以最小時間預測區塊尺寸之單位來管理。於本發明的實施形態1中,最小時間預測區塊尺寸係為,將最小預測區塊尺寸往垂直方向、水平方向分別放大2倍之大小。若時間性相鄰之區塊的預測區塊的尺寸是大於最小時間預測區塊尺寸時,則預測區塊尺寸內的所有候補區塊中會儲存相同的運動資訊。另一方面, 若預測區塊的尺寸小於最小時間預測區塊尺寸時,則將時間方向周邊預測區塊的左上位置之預測區塊的運動之資訊,當作時間方向周邊預測區塊之資訊。圖24(b)圖示了預測區塊尺寸小於最小時間預測區塊尺寸時的時間方向周邊預測區塊的運動資訊。 Next, the time combined with the motion information candidate list generation will be described. Fig. 24 is an explanatory diagram showing the definition of the temporal direction peripheral prediction block used in the generation of the time combined motion information candidate list. The time candidate block group indicates that among the blocks belonging to the decoded image ColPic which is different from the image to which the prediction target block belongs, the block located at the same position as the prediction target block and its surrounding area. The block group is managed in a minimum time prediction block size unit, and the position of the candidate block is managed in units of minimum time prediction block size. In the first embodiment of the present invention, the minimum time prediction block size is such that the minimum prediction block size is doubled in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction, respectively. If the size of the prediction block of the temporally adjacent block is greater than the minimum time prediction block size, the same motion information is stored in all the candidate blocks within the predicted block size. on the other hand, If the size of the prediction block is smaller than the minimum time prediction block size, the information of the motion of the prediction block in the upper left position of the temporal prediction block is used as the information of the prediction component in the time direction. Fig. 24(b) illustrates motion information of the temporal direction peripheral prediction block when the prediction block size is smaller than the minimum time prediction block size.

圖24(a)中的A1~A4、B1~B4、C、D、E、F1~F4、G1~G4、H、I1~I16之位置的區塊,係為時間上相鄰的區塊群。在實施形態1中,係在這些時間上相鄰的區塊群之內,令時間候補區塊群為區塊H和區塊I6這2個區塊。 Blocks at positions A1 to A4, B1 to B4, C, D, E, F1 to F4, G1 to G4, H, and I1 to I16 in Fig. 24(a) are temporally adjacent blocks. . In the first embodiment, the time candidate block group is made into two blocks of the block H and the block I6 within the block groups adjacent to each other in time.

圖25係時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。針對時間候補區塊群裡所含的2個候補區塊亦即區塊H和區塊I11(S2500、S2505),係以區塊H、區塊I11之順序,檢查候補區塊的有效性(S2501)。若候補區塊為有效(S2501:YES),則會進行步驟S2502~步驟S2504之處理,已被生成之運動資訊會被登錄至時間結合運動資訊候補清單中,結束處理。當候補區塊是表示畫面領域外之位置時、或候補區塊是畫面內預測區塊時(S2501:NO),候補區塊並非有效,進行下個候補區塊的有效/無效判定。 Fig. 25 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the time combined motion information candidate list generation. For the two candidate blocks included in the time candidate block group, that is, block H and block I11 (S2500, S2505), check the validity of the candidate block in the order of block H and block I11 ( S2501). If the candidate block is valid (S2501: YES), the processing of steps S2502 to S2504 is performed, and the generated motion information is registered in the time combined motion information candidate list, and the processing ends. When the candidate block indicates a position outside the screen area or the candidate block is an intra-screen prediction block (S2501: NO), the candidate block is not valid, and the valid/invalid determination of the next candidate block is performed.

若候補區塊為有效(S2501:YES),則根據候補區塊之運動資訊來確定要登錄至結合運動資訊候補的參照影像選擇候補(S2502)。在實施形態1中係將L0預測之參照影像,設成L0預測之參照影像當中距離處理對 象影像最近的參照影像,將L1預測之參照影像,設成L1預測之參照影像當中距離處理對象影像最近的參照影像。 If the candidate block is valid (S2501: YES), the reference image selection candidate to be registered to the combined motion information candidate is determined based on the motion information of the candidate block (S2502). In the first embodiment, the reference image of the L0 prediction is set as the distance processing pair among the reference images of the L0 prediction. For the reference image closest to the image, the reference image of the L1 prediction is set as the reference image closest to the image to be processed among the reference images predicted by L1.

此處的參照影像選擇候補的確定手法,係只要能決定L0預測之參照影像與L1預測之參照影像即可,並非限定於此。編碼處理與解碼處理以同一手法來確定參照影像,藉此可確定編碼時所意圖之參照影像。作為其他確定手法,係可使用例如,例如將L0預測之參照影像及L1預測之參照影像的參照影像索引為0的參照影像加以選擇的手法,或將空間相鄰區塊所使用之L0參照影像及L1參照影像加以選擇的手法,或在編碼串流中指定各預測種別之參照影像的手法。 Here, the determination method of the reference image selection candidate is not limited thereto as long as the reference image of the L0 prediction and the reference image of the L1 prediction can be determined. The encoding process and the decoding process determine the reference image in the same manner, thereby determining the reference image intended for encoding. As another determination method, for example, a method of selecting a reference image in which the reference image of the L0 prediction and the reference image of the L1 prediction reference image are indexed to 0, or an L0 reference image used for the spatially adjacent block may be used. And the method of selecting the L1 reference image, or the method of specifying the reference image of each prediction type in the encoded stream.

接著,根據候補區塊之運動資訊來確定要登錄至結合運動資訊候補的運動向量值(S2503)。實施形態1中的時間結合運動資訊,係根據候補區塊之運動資訊且為有效之預測種別的運動向量值,算出雙預測的運動資訊。候補區塊的預測種別為L0預測或L1預測的單預測時,係選擇被使用於預測之預測種別(L0預測或L1預測)的運動資訊,將該參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,當作雙預測運動資訊生成的基準值。 Next, the motion vector value to be registered to the combined motion information candidate is determined based on the motion information of the candidate block (S2503). The time-combined motion information in the first embodiment calculates the bi-predicted motion information based on the motion information of the candidate block and the motion vector value of the predicted prediction type. When the prediction type of the candidate block is a single prediction of the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction, the motion information used for the prediction prediction type (L0 prediction or L1 prediction) is selected, and the reference image specifying information and the motion vector value are regarded as The reference value generated by the double prediction motion information.

候補區塊的預測種別為雙預測時,係將L0預測或L1預測之其中一方的運動資訊,選擇來作為基準值。基準值的選擇方法,係可舉例如,選擇與ColPic相同預測種別上存在的運動資訊,在候補區塊的L0預測、L1預測之各個參照影像中選擇與ColPic之影像間距離較 近者,或是在編碼側做選擇然後以語法來明示性地傳輸等等。 When the prediction type of the candidate block is double prediction, the motion information of one of the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction is selected as the reference value. For the selection method of the reference value, for example, the motion information existing on the same prediction type as ColPic is selected, and the distance between the images of the ColPic and the image of the L1 prediction in the candidate block is selected. In the near case, either make a choice on the encoding side and then expressly transmit it in syntax.

若雙預測運動資訊生成基準的運動向量值已確定,則會算出要登錄至結合運動資訊候補的運動向量值。 If the motion vector value of the bi-predicted motion information generation reference has been determined, the motion vector value to be registered to the combined motion information candidate is calculated.

圖26係相對於對時間結合運動資訊的基準運動向量值ColMv,對L0預測、L1預測而登錄之運動向量值mvL0t、mvL1t的算出手法的說明圖。 FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram of a calculation method of the motion vector values mvL0t and mvL1t registered for the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction with respect to the reference motion vector value ColMv for the temporal combined motion information.

將對基準運動向量值ColMv之ColPic與作為候補區塊之基準的運動向量之對象的參照影像之間的影像間距離,令作ColDist。將L0預測、L1預測之各參照影像與處理對象影像之間的影像間距離,令作CurrL0Dist、CurrL1Dist。將ColMv以ColDist與CurrL0Dist、CurrL1Dist之距離比率進行了比例縮放而成的運動向量,分別視為要進行登錄的運動向量。具體而言,進行登錄的運動向量值mvL0t、mvL1t,係以下記式1、2予以算出。 The distance between the images of the reference motion vector value ColMv and the reference image of the object of the motion vector which is the reference of the candidate block is made to be ColDist. The inter-image distance between each reference image of the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction and the image to be processed is made CurrL0Dist and CurrL1Dist. The motion vector obtained by scaling ColMv by the distance ratio of ColDist to CurrL0Dist and CurrL1Dist is regarded as the motion vector to be registered. Specifically, the motion vector values mvL0t and mvL1t to be registered are calculated by the following equations 1 and 2.

mvL0t=mvCol×CurrL0Dist/ColDist...(式1) mvL0t=mvCol×CurrL0Dist/ColDist. . . (Formula 1)

mvL1t=mvCol×CurrL1Dist/ColDist...(式2) mvL1t=mvCol×CurrL1Dist/ColDist. . . (Formula 2)

回到圖25,將如此所生成的雙預測之參照影像選擇資訊(索引)和運動向量值,追加至結合運動資訊候補(S2504),時間結合運動資訊候補清單作成處理係結束。 Returning to Fig. 25, the bi-predicted reference image selection information (index) and the motion vector value thus generated are added to the combined motion information candidate (S2504), and the time-combined motion information candidate list creation processing system ends.

接著說明第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603的詳細動作。圖27係第1結合運動資訊候補清單追 加部1603之動作的說明用流程圖。首先,根據時間結合運動資訊候補清單生成部1602所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單中所被登錄的結合運動資訊候補之數目(NumCandList)與結合運動資訊候補最大數(MaxNumMergeCand),將生成第1追加結合運動資訊候補的最大數MaxNumGenCand,由式3予以算出(S2700)。 Next, the detailed operation of the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603 will be described. Figure 27 is the first combined motion information candidate list chase The description of the operation of the adding unit 1603 is as shown in the flowchart. First, the number of combined motion information candidates (NumCandList) registered in the combined motion information candidate list supplied by the time combined motion information candidate list generating unit 1602 and the maximum number of combined motion information candidates (MaxNumMergeCand) are generated, and the first addition is generated. The maximum number of motion information candidates, MaxNumGenCand, is calculated by Equation 3 (S2700).

MaxNumGenCand=MaxNumMergeCand-NumCandList;(NumCandList>1) MaxNumGenCand=MaxNumMergeCand-NumCandList;(NumCandList>1)

MaxNumGenCand=0;(NumCandList<=1) (式3) MaxNumGenCand=0;(NumCandList<=1) (Equation 3)

接著,檢查MaxNumGenCand是否大於0(S2701)。若MaxNumGenCand並非大於0(S2701:NO),則結束處理。若MaxNumGenCand大於0(S2701:YES),則進行以下處理。首先,決定組合檢查次數loopTimes。loopTimes係設定成NumCandList×NumCandList。但是,loopTimes超過8時則loopTimes係限制成8(S2702)。此處,loopTimes係為0至7的整數。重複進行以下的處理loopTimes次(S2702至S2708)。 Next, check if MaxNumGenCand is greater than 0 (S2701). If MaxNumGenCand is not greater than 0 (S2701: NO), the process ends. If MaxNumGenCand is greater than 0 (S2701: YES), the following processing is performed. First, decide the number of combined check loopTimes. The loopTimes is set to NumCandList×NumCandList. However, when loopTimes exceeds 8, the loopTimes is limited to 8 (S2702). Here, loopTimes is an integer from 0 to 7. The following processing loopTimes is repeated (S2702 to S2708).

決定結合運動資訊候補M與結合運動資訊候補N之組合(S2703)。此處,說明組合檢查次數和結合運動資訊候補M與結合運動資訊候補N之關係。 A combination of the motion information candidate M and the combined motion information candidate N is determined (S2703). Here, the relationship between the number of combined inspections and the combined motion information candidate M and the combined motion information candidate N will be described.

圖28係用來說明組合檢查次數和結合運動資訊候補M與結合運動資訊候補N之關係的圖。如圖28所示,M與N是不同值,首先將M固定成0而令N的值在1~4(最大值係為NumCandList)中做變化,其後,將N 的值固定成0而令M的值在1~4(最大值係為NumCandList)中做變化。此種組合定義係具有以下效果:將被選擇的機率最高的運動資訊亦即結合運動資訊候補清單內最初的運動資訊做有效活用,同時實際上不帶有組合表而藉由計算就可算出組合模態。 Fig. 28 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the number of combined inspections and the combined motion information candidate M and the combined motion information candidate N. As shown in Figure 28, M and N are different values. First, M is fixed to 0 and the value of N is changed from 1 to 4 (the maximum value is NumCandList). Thereafter, N is changed. The value is fixed to 0 and the value of M is changed from 1 to 4 (the maximum value is NumCandList). The combination definition has the following effects: the motion information with the highest probability of being selected is combined with the initial motion information in the motion information candidate list, and the combination can be calculated without actually combining the table. Modal.

檢查是否為結合運動資訊候補M的L0預測為有效且結合運動資訊候補N的L1預測為有效(S2704)。若結合運動資訊候補M的L0預測為有效且結合運動資訊候補N的L1預測為有效(S2704:YES),則將結合運動資訊候補M的L0預測之運動向量與參照影像與結合運動資訊候補N的L1預測之運動向量與參照影像進行組合,而生成雙結合運動資訊候補(S2705)。若並非結合運動資訊候補M的L0預測為有效且結合運動資訊候補N的L1預測為有效(S2704:NO),則處理下個組合。此處,作為第1追加結合運動資訊候補,是有L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測是相同的情形,即使以雙預測進行運動補償,仍會獲得和L0預測或是L1預測之單預測相同的結果,因此L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊為相同的追加結合運動資訊候補生成,係成為運動補償預測的演算量增加的主因。因此,通常係比較L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊是否相同,只有在不同的時候,當作是第1追加結合運動資訊候補。 It is checked whether or not the L0 prediction combined with the motion information candidate M is valid and the L1 prediction combined with the motion information candidate N is valid (S2704). If the L0 prediction combined with the motion information candidate M is valid and the L1 prediction combined with the motion information candidate N is valid (S2704: YES), the motion vector of the L0 prediction combined with the motion information candidate M and the reference image and the combined motion information candidate N are combined. The L1 predicted motion vector is combined with the reference image to generate a dual combined motion information candidate (S2705). If the L0 prediction of the combined motion information candidate M is not valid and the L1 prediction combined with the motion information candidate N is valid (S2704: NO), the next combination is processed. Here, as the first additional combined motion information candidate, the motion information of the L0 prediction is the same as the L1 prediction. Even if the motion compensation is performed by the bi-prediction, the same prediction as the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction is obtained. As a result, the motion information of the L0 prediction and the motion information of the L1 prediction are generated in the same additional combined motion information candidate, which is the main cause of the increase in the calculation amount of the motion compensation prediction. Therefore, it is common to compare whether the motion information of the L0 prediction is the same as the motion information of the L1 prediction, and only consider it to be the first additional combined motion information candidate at different times.

接續於步驟S2705,將雙結合運動資訊候補追加至結合運動資訊候補清單(S2706)。接續於步驟 S2706之後,檢查已生成之雙結合運動資訊的數目是否為MaxNumGenCand(S2707)。若已被生成之雙結合運動資訊的數目是MaxNumGenCand(S2707的YES),則結束處理。若已被生成之雙結合運動資訊的數目不是MaxNumGenCand(S2707的NO),則處理下個組合。 Next, in step S2705, the double combined motion information candidate is added to the combined motion information candidate list (S2706). Follow the steps After S2706, it is checked whether the number of generated double combined motion information is MaxNumGenCand (S2707). If the number of double combined motion information that has been generated is MaxNumGenCand (YES of S2707), the processing ends. If the number of double combined motion information that has been generated is not MaxNumGenCand (NO of S2707), the next combination is processed.

此處,第1追加結合運動資訊候補,係當已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補的運動資訊和處理對象的運動資訊候補之運動有微妙的偏差時,將已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補的運動資訊予以修正而生成有效的結合運動資訊候補,藉此就可提高編碼效率。 Here, the first additional combined motion information candidate is registered when there is a slight deviation between the motion information of the combined motion information candidate registered in the combined motion information candidate list and the motion information candidate motion of the processing target. The motion information combined with the motion information candidate in the motion information candidate list is corrected to generate an effective combined motion information candidate, thereby improving coding efficiency.

接著說明第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1604的詳細動作。圖29係第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1604之動作的說明用流程圖。首先,根據第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部1603所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單中所被登錄的結合運動資訊候補之數目(NumCandList)與結合運動資訊候補最大數(MaxNumMergeCand),將生成第1追加結合運動資訊候補的最大數MaxNumGenCand,由式4予以算出(S2900)。 Next, the detailed operation of the second combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1604 will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the second combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1604. First, the number of combined motion information candidates (NumCandList) and the maximum number of combined motion information candidates (MaxNumMergeCand) registered in the combined motion information candidate list supplied from the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit 1603 will be generated first. The maximum number MaxNumGenCand combined with the motion information candidate is added and calculated by Equation 4 (S2900).

MaxNumGenCand=MaxNumMergeCand-NumCandList;(式4) MaxNumGenCand=MaxNumMergeCand-NumCandList; (Formula 4)

接著,將以下的處理,針對i重複進行MaxNumGenCand次(S2901至S2905)。此處,i係為0至MaxNumGenCand-1的整數。生成L0預測之運動向量為(0,0)、參照索引為i,且L1預測之運動向量為(0, 0)、參照索引為i的預測種別為雙預測的第2追加結合運動資訊候補(S2902)。將第2追加結合運動資訊候補追加至結合運動資訊候補清單(S2903)。處理下個i(S2904)。 Next, the following processing is repeated for MaxNumGenCand times (S2901 to S2905). Here, i is an integer of 0 to MaxNumGenCand-1. The motion vector for generating the L0 prediction is (0, 0), the reference index is i, and the motion vector for the L1 prediction is (0, 0) The prediction type whose reference index is i is the bi-predicted second additional combined motion information candidate (S2902). The second additional combined motion information candidate is added to the combined exercise information candidate list (S2903). Process the next i (S2904).

此處,將第2追加結合運動資訊候補設成,L0預測之運動向量為(0,0)、參照索引為i,且L1預測之運動向量為(0,0)、參照索引為i的預測種別為雙預測的結合運動資訊候補。這是因為,在一般的動態影像中,L0預測之運動向量與L1預測之運動向量為(0,0)的結合運動資訊候補的發生頻率在統計上較高的緣故。不依存於已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補的運動資訊,只要是統計上利用頻率較高的結合運動資訊候補即可,並非限定於此。例如,L0預測或L1預測之運動向量係亦可分別是(0,0)以外的向量值,亦可設定成L0預測與L1預測的參照索引不同。又,亦可將第2追加結合運動資訊候補,當成已編碼之影像或已編碼之影像之一部分的發生頻率較高的運動資訊,編碼在編碼串流中加以傳輸而設定。此外,此處雖然說明B圖像(B切片),但若為P圖像(P切片)的情況,係以L0預測之運動向量為(0,0),生成預測種別為L0預測的第2追加結合運動資訊候補。 Here, the second additional combined motion information candidate is set such that the motion vector of the L0 prediction is (0, 0), the reference index is i, and the motion vector of the L1 prediction is (0, 0), and the reference index is i. The species is a bi-predictive combined motion information candidate. This is because, in a general motion picture, the frequency of occurrence of the combined motion information candidate of the L0 predicted motion vector and the L1 predicted motion vector of (0, 0) is statistically higher. The motion information that does not depend on the combined motion information candidate that has been registered in the combined motion information candidate list is not limited thereto as long as it is a combined motion information candidate having a high statistical frequency. For example, the motion vector system of the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction may also be a vector value other than (0, 0), or may be set such that the L0 prediction is different from the reference index of the L1 prediction. Further, the second additional combined motion information candidate may be encoded as a motion image having a higher frequency of occurrence of one of the encoded video or the encoded video, and encoded and transmitted in the encoded stream for setting. In addition, although the B image (B slice) is described here, in the case of a P image (P slice), the motion vector predicted by L0 is (0, 0), and the second prediction type is generated as L0 prediction. Add a combination of sports information candidates.

此處,作為第2追加結合運動資訊候補,若L0預測之參照影像與L1預測之參照影像是相同,則和第1追加結合運動資訊候補清單生成部同樣地,即使以雙預 測進行運動補償,仍會獲得和L0預測或是L1預測之單預測相同的結果,因此L0預測之參照影像與L1預測之參照影像是相同的追加結合運動資訊候補生成,係成為運動補償預測的演算量增加的主因。可是,在本發明的實施形態中係以後述的運動補償部統一進行將雙預測轉換成單預測的處理,因此第2追加結合運動資訊候補清單追加部中的L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊的同一性判斷就可不必進行而可削減演算量。 Here, as the second additional combined motion information candidate, if the reference video of the L0 prediction is the same as the reference video of the L1 prediction, the same as the first additional combined motion information candidate list generating unit, even if When the motion compensation is performed, the same result as the single prediction of the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction is obtained, so the reference image of the L0 prediction and the reference image of the L1 prediction are the same additional combined motion information candidate generation, which becomes the motion compensation prediction. The main reason for the increase in the amount of calculation. However, in the embodiment of the present invention, the motion compensation unit to be described later collectively performs the process of converting the double prediction into the single prediction. Therefore, the motion information of the L0 prediction in the second additional combined motion information candidate list adding unit and the L1 prediction are performed. The determination of the identity of the motion information can be reduced without having to proceed.

此處,藉由設定不依存於被當成第2追加結合運動資訊候補而登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中之結合運動資訊候補的結合運動資訊候補,當已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補為0個時,就可利用結合預測模式,可提升編碼效率。又,當已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的結合運動資訊候補的運動資訊和處理對象的運動資訊候補之運動有所不同的情況下,藉由生成新的結合運動資訊候補來擴展選項的幅度,就可提升編碼效率。 Here, the combined motion information candidate that is registered in the combined motion information candidate in the combined motion information candidate list, which is not dependent on the second additional combined motion information candidate, is registered in the combined motion information candidate list. When the combined motion information candidate is 0, the combined prediction mode can be utilized to improve the coding efficiency. Further, when the motion information of the combined motion information candidate registered in the combined motion information candidate list and the motion information candidate motion of the processing target are different, the option is expanded by generating a new combined motion information candidate. The amplitude can improve the coding efficiency.

圖30係圖17的步驟S1703中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。首先,藉由結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理,將已被生成之結合運動資訊候補清單的數目令作num_of_index,則對i=0至num_of_index-1為止的結合運動資訊候補,重複進行以下之處理(S3000至S3005)。 FIG. 30 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing in step S1703 of FIG. 17. First, by combining the motion information candidate list generation processing and the number of combined motion information candidate lists that have been generated as num_of_index, the following processing is repeated for the combined motion information candidates from i=0 to num_of_index-1 ( S3000 to S3005).

首先,由結合運動資訊候補清單,取得被儲 存在索引i的運動資訊(S3001)。接著,若運動資訊的預測種別是單預測(S3002:YES),則直接結束對索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的處理,前進至下個索引(S3005)。 First, it is obtained by combining the motion information candidate list. There is motion information of the index i (S3001). Next, if the prediction type of the motion information is single prediction (S3002: YES), the processing of the motion information stored in the index i is directly ended, and the processing proceeds to the next index (S3005).

若運動資訊並非單預測,亦即若運動資訊是雙預測時(S3002:NO),則為了將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測,將索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的L1資訊設成無效(S3003)。在實施形態1中,係藉由如此把L1資訊設成無效以促使雙預測之運動資訊被轉換成L0預測之單預測,但亦可反之把L0資訊設成無效,促使雙預測之運動資訊被轉換成L1預測之單預測,可藉由定義在轉換成單預測之際默認性設成無效之預測種別來實現之。 If the motion information is not a single prediction, that is, if the motion information is bi-predicted (S3002: NO), in order to convert the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction, the L1 information of the motion information stored in the index i is set to be invalid. (S3003). In the first embodiment, the L1 information is invalidated to cause the bi-predicted motion information to be converted into a single prediction of the L0 prediction, but the L0 information can be set to be invalid, thereby causing the bi-predictive motion information to be A single prediction that is converted to an L1 prediction can be achieved by defining a prediction species that is set to be invalid by default when converted to a single prediction.

接著,將轉換成單預測的索引i的運動資訊予以儲存(S3004),前進至下個索引(S3005)。針對i=0至num_of_index-1的結合運動資訊候補進行處理,結束結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理。 Next, the motion information converted into the single predicted index i is stored (S3004), and proceeds to the next index (S3005). The combined motion information candidate of i=0 to num_of_index-1 is processed, and the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion process is ended.

在實施形態1中,預測區塊尺寸所致之結合運動資訊的雙預測限制,係一旦生成了結合運動資訊候補清單之後,進行圖30的流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補的單預測轉換處理。關於結合運動資訊的單預測轉換處理,係在結合運動資訊候補生成處理的圖18之流程圖所示的處理之內部,增加對每一候補生成的判斷,亦可生成單預測之結合運動資訊候補清單,但此情況下,預測區塊尺寸所致之條件判斷會放入各處理,導致處理變得複雜,增大清單建構處理的負荷。在實施形態1中,係藉由一度 建構出清單之後實施運動資訊往單預測的運動資訊轉換處理,就可實現不會造成清單建構處理負荷增大的雙預測之限制處理,具有如此效果。 In the first embodiment, the double prediction limit of the combined motion information due to the prediction of the block size is performed after the combined motion information candidate list is generated, and the single motion prediction processing of the combined motion information candidate shown in the flowchart of FIG. 30 is performed. . The single prediction conversion processing in combination with the motion information adds a judgment for each candidate generation to the processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 18 in conjunction with the motion information candidate generation processing, and can also generate a single prediction combined motion information candidate. List, but in this case, the conditional judgment caused by the predicted block size is put into each process, which complicates the process and increases the load of the list construction process. In the first embodiment, it is by one degree After constructing the list and implementing the motion information conversion processing of the motion information to the single prediction, the double prediction of the list construction processing load can be realized, which has such an effect.

圖31係圖11的步驟S1702中的結合預測模式評價值生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。此動作係圖示了,使用圖15的結合運動補償預測生成部1508之構成的詳細動作。 FIG. 31 is a flowchart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined prediction mode evaluation value generation processing in step S1702 of FIG. 11. This operation is a detailed operation using the configuration of the combined motion compensation prediction generating unit 1508 of Fig. 15 .

首先將預測誤差評價值設定成最大值,將預測誤差為最小的結合運動資訊索引予以初期化(例如-1等之清單外的值)(S3100)。藉由結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理,將已被生成之結合運動資訊候補清單的數目令作num_of_index,則對i=0至num_of_index-1為止的結合運動資訊候補,重複進行以下之處理(S3101至S3109)。 First, the prediction error evaluation value is set to the maximum value, and the combined motion information index having the smallest prediction error is initialized (for example, a value other than the list of -1 or the like) (S3100). By combining the motion information candidate list generation processing and making the number of the combined motion information candidate list generated as num_of_index, the following processing is repeated for the combined motion information candidates from i=0 to num_of_index-1 (S3101 to S3109).

首先,由結合運動資訊候補清單,取得被儲存在索引i的運動資訊(S3102)。接著算出運動資訊編碼量(S3103)。於結合預測模式中,由於只有結合運動資訊索引被編碼,因此只有結合運動資訊索引會成為運動資訊編碼量。 First, the motion information stored in the index i is acquired by combining the motion information candidate list (S3102). Next, the motion information coding amount is calculated (S3103). In the combined prediction mode, since only the combined motion information index is encoded, only the combined motion information index becomes the motion information coding amount.

作為結合運動資訊索引的編碼列,在實施形態1中係使用Truncated Unary編碼列。圖32係結合運動資訊候補數為5時的Truncated Unary編碼列的圖示。使用Truncated Unary編碼列將結合運動資訊索引之值予以編碼時,係結合運動資訊索引越小,被指派給結合運動資 訊索引的編碼位元會越小。例如,當結合運動資訊候補數為5個時,若結合運動資訊索引為1則以‘10’之2位元來表現,但若結合運動資訊索引為3則以‘1110’之4位元來表現。此外,此處如上記,雖然是在結合運動資訊索引的編碼時利用Truncated Unary編碼列,但亦可使用其他編碼列生成手法,並非限定於此。 As the coded column in conjunction with the motion information index, in the first embodiment, the Truncated Unary coded column is used. Fig. 32 is a diagram showing a Truncated Unary code column when the number of motion information candidates is 5. When using the Truncated Unary code column to encode the value of the combined motion information index, the smaller the combined sports information index is assigned to the combined sports capital. The encoding bit of the index will be smaller. For example, when the number of combined motion information candidates is five, if the combined motion information index is 1, it is represented by 2 bits of '10', but if the combined motion information index is 3, it is 4 bits of '1110'. which performed. Further, as described above, although the Truncated Unary coded column is used in combination with the encoding of the motion information index, other coded column generating methods may be used, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

接著,若運動資訊的預測種別是單預測(S3104:YES),則將對1個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,在圖1中的運動補償預測部112中做設定,生成運動補償單預測區塊(S3105)。若運動資訊並非單預測,亦即運動資訊是雙預測時(S3104:NO),則將對2個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,在運動補償預測部112中做設定,生成運動補償雙預測區塊(S3105)。 Then, if the prediction type of the motion information is single prediction (S3104: YES), information and motion vectors are designated for the reference video of one reference video, and are set in the motion compensation prediction unit 112 in FIG. 1 to generate motion compensation. Single prediction block (S3105). If the motion information is not a single prediction, that is, when the motion information is bi-predicted (S3104: NO), information and motion vectors are designated for the reference image of the two reference images, and are set in the motion compensation prediction unit 112 to generate motion compensation. Double prediction block (S3105).

接著,根據運動補償預測區塊與預測對象區塊的預測誤差和運動資訊編碼量,算出預測誤差評價值(S3107),若預測誤差評價值為最小值則將評價值予以更新,並且更新預測誤差最小索引(S3108)。 Then, the prediction error evaluation value is calculated according to the prediction error of the motion compensation prediction block and the prediction target block and the motion information coding amount (S3107), and if the prediction error evaluation value is the minimum value, the evaluation value is updated, and the prediction error is updated. Minimum index (S3108).

針對所有結合運動資訊候補的預測誤差評價值被比較的結果,將已被選擇之預測誤差最小索引,當作結合預測模式中所使用之結合運動資訊索引,連同預測誤差最小值、運動補償預測區塊一起輸出(S3109),結束結合預測模式評價值生成處理。 For all the prediction error evaluation values combined with the motion information candidates are compared, the selected prediction error minimum index is taken as the combined motion information index used in the combined prediction mode, together with the prediction error minimum value and the motion compensation prediction region. The blocks are output together (S3109), and the combined prediction mode evaluation value generation processing is ended.

圖33係圖17的步驟S1703的預測模式評價 值生成處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 FIG. 33 is a prediction mode evaluation of step S1703 of FIG. 17. A flowchart is used for explaining the detailed operation of the value generation processing.

首先,判別預測模式是否為單預測(S3300)。圖34中係圖示,預測區塊的運動資訊之相關語法。圖34中的merge_flag係表示是否為結合預測模式,merge_flag為0時係表示運動偵測預測模式。在運動偵測預測模式的情況下可使用雙預測的B切片的時候,將表示預測種別是單預測還是雙預測的旗標inter_pred_flag予以傳輸。此處,即使得預測區塊的尺寸是雙預測限制區塊尺寸以下時,也不禁止雙預測而傳輸inter_pred_flag。這是因為,若隨著預測區塊的尺寸是否為雙預測限制區塊尺寸以下而切換是否傳輸inter_pred_flag,則熵編碼、解碼中會需要條件分歧,所以這是為了要防止處理變複雜。 First, it is determined whether or not the prediction mode is single prediction (S3300). FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the syntax of predicting motion information of a block. The merge_flag in FIG. 34 indicates whether or not the combined prediction mode is set, and when the merge_flag is 0, the motion detection prediction mode is indicated. In the case of the motion detection prediction mode, when the bi-predicted B-slice can be used, the flag inter_pred_flag indicating whether the prediction species is single prediction or double prediction is transmitted. Here, when the size of the prediction block is made smaller than the double prediction restriction block size, the inter_pred_flag is not transmitted without prohibiting the bi-prediction. This is because if the inter_pred_flag is switched regardless of whether the size of the prediction block is less than or equal to the bi-predicted block size, conditional divergence is required in entropy encoding and decoding, so this is to prevent the processing from becoming complicated.

回到圖33的流程圖,若為單預測(S3300:YES),則將處理對象的參照影像清單(LX),設定至預測時所使用之參照影像清單(S3301)。若非單預測,則由於是雙預測,因此此時係將LX設成L0(S3302)。 Returning to the flowchart of FIG. 33, if it is single prediction (S3300: YES), the reference video list (LX) to be processed is set to the reference video list used for prediction (S3301). If it is not a single prediction, since it is a double prediction, LX is set to L0 at this time (S3302).

接著,取得對LX預測的參照影像指定資訊(索引)與運動向量值(S3303)。接著,生成預測向量候補清單(S3304),從預測向量之中選擇出最佳預測向量,生成差分向量(S3305)。最佳預測向量的選擇手法,係選擇使得預測向量與傳輸之運動向量的差分向量在實際編碼之際的編碼量最少者較為理想,但亦可藉由單純選擇差分向量之水平、垂直成分的絕對值之總和較小者等之手法,而簡易地算出。 Next, reference image designation information (index) and motion vector value for LX prediction are obtained (S3303). Next, a prediction vector candidate list is generated (S3304), and an optimal prediction vector is selected from the prediction vectors to generate a difference vector (S3305). The selection method of the optimal prediction vector is chosen such that the difference vector between the prediction vector and the transmitted motion vector is ideal at the time of actual coding, but it is also possible to simply select the absolute level of the difference vector. It is calculated simply by the method of the smaller sum of the values.

接著,再度判別預測模式是否為單預測(S3306),若預測模式是單預測則前進至步驟S3311。若非單預測、亦即是雙預測,則判定處理對象的參照清單LX是否為L1(S3307)。若參照清單LX是L1,則前進至步驟S3311,若不是L1、亦即為L0的情況下,若預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restriction_size以下(S3308:YES),則不算出針對L1預測之資訊,將預測模式轉換成單預測(S3310),前進至步驟S3311。 Next, it is determined again whether or not the prediction mode is single prediction (S3306), and if the prediction mode is single prediction, the process proceeds to step S3311. If it is not a single prediction, that is, a double prediction, it is determined whether or not the reference list LX to be processed is L1 (S3307). If the reference list LX is L1, the process proceeds to step S3311. If it is not L1, that is, if it is L0, if the predicted block size is equal to or smaller than bipred_restriction_size (S3308: YES), the information for the L1 prediction is not calculated, and the prediction is made. The mode is converted into a single prediction (S3310), and the process proceeds to step S3311.

若預測區塊尺寸是大於bipred_restriction_size(S3308:NO),則將LX設成L1(S3309),進行與步驟S3303至步驟S3306之處理相同的處理。 If the predicted block size is larger than bipred_restriction_size (S3308: NO), LX is set to L1 (S3309), and the same processing as that of steps S3303 to S3306 is performed.

在實施形態1中,係若在解碼裝置中,依照圖34所示之預測區塊的運動資訊的相關之語法而進行解碼的情況下,則在對預測區塊尺寸之雙預測限制時,為了使對象之預測區塊尺寸下雙預測之運動資訊不會被解碼,而採取了使用步驟S3308及步驟S3310之處理,以預測模式評價值生成處理來限制雙預測之構成。 In the first embodiment, when decoding is performed in accordance with the syntax of the motion information of the prediction block shown in FIG. 34, in the case of predicting the double prediction of the block size, The motion information of the double prediction in the prediction block size of the object is not decoded, but the processing using steps S3308 and S3310 is adopted, and the prediction mode evaluation value generation processing is used to limit the configuration of the double prediction.

運動向量偵測時,若進行了想定雙預測之運動向量偵測,則會有單預測所使用之運動向量資訊、與上記步驟中藉由限制雙預測而被生成的單預測之運動向量資訊是不同的情形,因此藉由登錄單預測的新運動資訊候補,比起單純限制成不使用雙預測之運動資訊的情形,可更加促使編碼效率提升。 In the motion vector detection, if the motion vector detection of the double prediction is performed, the motion vector information used for the single prediction and the motion vector information generated by limiting the double prediction in the above step are In different situations, the new motion information candidate predicted by the login ticket can further improve the coding efficiency compared to the case where the motion information is not limited to the double prediction.

接著,算出運動資訊編碼量(S3311)。若為 單預測模式的情況下,作為進行編碼的運動資訊,係為針對1個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊、差分向量值、及預測向量索引之3個要素,若為雙預測模式的情況下,則為針對L0與L1之2個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊、差分向量值、及預測向量索引之總計6個要素,各個已被編碼之編碼量的總量是被算出來作為運動資訊編碼量。作為本實施形態中的預測向量索引的編碼列生成手法,係假設和結合運動資訊索引之編碼列同樣地是使用Truncated Unary編碼列。 Next, the motion information coding amount is calculated (S3311). If In the case of the single prediction mode, the motion information to be encoded is three elements of the reference video designation information, the difference vector value, and the prediction vector index for one reference video, and in the case of the bi-prediction mode, In order to specify a total of six elements of the information, the difference vector value, and the prediction vector index for the reference image of the two reference images of L0 and L1, the total amount of the encoded code is calculated as the motion information coding amount. As a coded column generation method of the prediction vector index in the present embodiment, it is assumed that the Truncated Unary coded column is used in the same manner as the coded column of the motion information index.

接著,將對參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,在圖1中的運動補償預測部112中做設定,生成運動補償預測區塊(S3312)。 Next, the reference image specifying information and the motion vector for the reference video are set in the motion compensation prediction unit 112 in FIG. 1, and a motion compensation prediction block is generated (S3312).

然後,根據運動補償預測區塊與預測對象區塊的預測誤差和運動資訊編碼量,算出預測誤差評價值(S3313),將預測誤差評價值、和對參照影像之運動資訊、亦即參照影像指定資訊與差分向量值與預測向量索引,連同運動補償預測區塊一起輸出(S3314),結束預測模式評價值生成處理。 Then, based on the prediction error of the motion compensation prediction block and the prediction target block and the motion information coding amount, the prediction error evaluation value is calculated (S3313), and the prediction error evaluation value and the motion information of the reference image, that is, the reference image are specified. The information and difference vector values and the prediction vector index are output together with the motion compensation prediction block (S3314), and the prediction mode evaluation value generation processing is ended.

以上之處理,係為實施形態1中的動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113的詳細動作。 The above processing is the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction block structure selection unit 113 in the motion picture coding apparatus according to the first embodiment.

於本發明的實施形態1中,用來限制運動補償預測時的記憶體存取量所需的控制參數,亦即圖10所示的inter_4x4_enable及inter_bipred_restriction_idc,為 了在解碼裝置上辨識之而進行傳輸的語法之一例,示於圖35。 In the first embodiment of the present invention, the control parameters required to limit the amount of memory access during motion compensation prediction, that is, inter_4x4_enable and inter_bipred_restriction_idc shown in FIG. 10 are An example of a syntax for identifying and transmitting on a decoding device is shown in FIG.

於圖35中是採取了,將圖10所示之控制參數值,直接當成以序列或影像單位所設定之標頭資訊的一部分而予以傳輸之構成。在一例中,係在傳輸序列單位之參數的seq_parameter_set_rbsp( )之內部而被傳輸,對圖3所示之最小CU尺寸的資訊是以log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3且以8為基準(表示8×8)的2的冪乘值而被定義,最大CU尺寸(實施形態1中的編碼區塊尺寸)是當成表示最大CU分割數(Max_CU_Depth)的值的log2_diff_max_min_coding_block_size,而被傳輸。 In Fig. 35, the control parameter values shown in Fig. 10 are directly transmitted as part of the header information set in the sequence or video unit. In one example, it is transmitted inside the seq_parameter_set_rbsp( ) of the parameter of the transmission sequence unit, and the information of the minimum CU size shown in FIG. 3 is a power of 2 of log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3 and 8 (representing 8×8). The multiplication value is defined, and the maximum CU size (the coding block size in the first embodiment) is transmitted as log2_diff_max_min_coding_block_size indicating the value of the maximum CU division number (Max_CU_Depth).

inter_4x4_enable,係作為inter_4x4_enable_flag,只有在log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3為0亦即最小CU尺寸是8×8時會被傳輸,藉此,僅在inter_4x4_enable所致之控制是有效之條件時,才會送出控制參數,就可防止無效的控制資訊的傳輸。另一方面,關於inter_bipred_restriction_idc,係在最小CU尺寸是16×16時也必須要控制,因此採取總是被傳輸之構成。 Inter_4x4_enable, which is inter_4x4_enable_flag, is transmitted only when log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3 is 0, that is, the minimum CU size is 8×8. Therefore, the control parameter can be sent only when the control caused by inter_4x4_enable is valid. Invalid control information transmission. On the other hand, regarding inter_bipred_restriction_idc, it is necessary to control when the minimum CU size is 16 × 16, so that the configuration is always transmitted.

在實施形態1中,雖然例示將這些控制參數值以序列單位的參數來編碼傳輸之構成,但亦可以畫格單位等之所定編碼區塊單位以上之間隔來變更設定,不限制成序列單位的控制參數構成,解碼裝置可所定單位地取得控制參數,是實施形態1中的構成特徵。 In the first embodiment, the control parameter values are encoded and transmitted in the order of the parameters of the sequence unit. However, the setting may be changed by the interval of the predetermined coding block unit or the like, and the setting may be made not limited to the sequence unit. The control parameter configuration is such that the decoding device can acquire the control parameter in a predetermined unit, which is a constituent feature in the first embodiment.

〔實施形態1中的動態影像解碼裝置中的運動資訊解碼部的詳細動作說明〕 [Detailed Operation of Motion Information Decoding Unit in Motion Picture Decoding Device in Embodiment 1]

圖36係圖11所示之實施形態1的動態影像解碼裝置中的運動資訊解碼部1111之詳細構成的圖示。運動資訊解碼部1111係含有:運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600、預測向量算出部3601、向量加算部3602、運動補償預測解碼部3603、結合運動資訊算出部3604、結合運動資訊單預測轉換部3605、及結合運動補償預測解碼部3606。 Fig. 36 is a diagram showing the detailed configuration of the motion information decoding unit 1111 in the video decoding device according to the first embodiment shown in Fig. 11. The motion information decoding unit 1111 includes a motion information bit stream decoding unit 3600, a prediction vector calculation unit 3601, a vector addition unit 3602, a motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3603, a combined motion information calculation unit 3604, and a combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit. 3605 and a combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606.

對圖11中的運動資訊解碼部1111,預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108所輸入的運動資訊的相關之位元串流,係被供給至運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600,預測模式資訊記憶體1112所輸入之運動資訊,係被供給至預測向量算出部3601、及結合運動資訊算出部3604。 In the motion information decoding unit 1111 in FIG. 11, the bit stream related to the motion information input by the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 is supplied to the motion information bit stream decoding unit 3600, and the prediction mode information is supplied. The motion information input by the memory 1112 is supplied to the prediction vector calculation unit 3601 and the combined motion information calculation unit 3604.

又,對運動資訊解碼部1111,從運動補償預測解碼部3603、及結合運動補償預測解碼部3606,會輸出運動補償預測時所使用的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,含有表示預測種別之資訊的已被解碼之運動資訊,係被供給至運動補償預測部1114及預測模式資訊記憶體1112。 Further, the motion information decoding unit 1111 outputs the reference video designation information and the motion vector used in the motion compensation prediction from the motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3603 and the combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606, and includes information indicating the prediction type. The motion information that has been decoded is supplied to the motion compensation prediction unit 1114 and the prediction mode information memory 1112.

運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600,係將所輸入之運動資訊位元串流,依照編碼語法而逐一進行解碼,生成所被傳輸之預測模式、和相應於預測模式的運動資訊。在已生成之運動資訊之中,結合運動資訊索引係被供給至結合運動補償預測解碼部3606,參照影像指定資訊係被 供給至預測向量算出部3601,預測向量索引係被供給至向量加算部3602,差分向量值係被供給至向量加算部3602。 The motion information bit stream decoding unit 3600 decodes the input motion information bit stream one by one according to the coding syntax, and generates the predicted prediction mode and the motion information corresponding to the prediction mode. Among the generated motion information, the combined motion information index is supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606, and the reference video designation information is The prediction vector calculation unit 3601 supplies the prediction vector index to the vector addition unit 3602, and the difference vector value is supplied to the vector addition unit 3602.

預測向量算出部3601,係根據預測模式資訊記憶體1112所供給之相鄰區塊之運動資訊、和運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600所供給之參照影像指定資訊,生成針對運動補償預測之對象之參照影像的預測向量候補清單,連同參照影像指定資訊一起供給至向量加算部3602。關於預測向量算出部3601之動作,係進行與動態影像編碼裝置中的圖15之預測向量算出部1502相同之動作,生成與編碼時的預測向量候補清單相同的候補清單。 The prediction vector calculation unit 3601 generates the motion compensation prediction target based on the motion information of the adjacent block supplied from the prediction mode information memory 1112 and the reference video designation information supplied from the motion information bit stream decoding unit 3600. The prediction vector candidate list of the reference video is supplied to the vector addition unit 3602 together with the reference image designation information. The operation of the prediction vector calculation unit 3601 performs the same operation as the prediction vector calculation unit 1502 of FIG. 15 in the motion picture coding apparatus, and generates a candidate list identical to the prediction vector candidate list at the time of encoding.

向量加算部3602,係根據預測向量算出部3601所供給之預測向量候補清單及參照影像指定資訊、和從運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600所供給之預測向量索引及差分向量,將預測向量索引所示之位置上所被登錄的預測向量值與差分向量值進行加算,再生出相對於運動補償預測對象之參照影像的運動向量值。已被再生之運動向量值,係連同參照影像指定資訊,一起被供給至運動補償預測解碼部3603。 The vector addition unit 3602 indexes the prediction vector based on the prediction vector candidate list and the reference video designation information supplied from the prediction vector calculation unit 3601, and the prediction vector index and the difference vector supplied from the motion information bit stream decoding unit 3600. The predicted vector value registered at the position shown and the difference vector value are added to reproduce the motion vector value of the reference image with respect to the motion compensation prediction target. The motion vector value that has been reproduced is supplied to the motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3603 together with the reference image designation information.

運動補償預測解碼部3603,係被向量加算部2602供給著針對參照影像的已被再生之運動向量值與參照影像指定資訊,將運動向量值與參照影像指定資訊,設定至運動補償預測部1114,藉此以生成運動補償預測訊號。 The motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3603 supplies the motion vector value and the reference video designation information for the reference video to the reference video, and sets the motion vector value and the reference video designation information to the motion compensation prediction unit 1114. Thereby, a motion compensation prediction signal is generated.

結合運動資訊算出部3604,係根據從預測模式資訊記憶體1112所供給之相鄰區塊之運動資訊,生成結合運動資訊候補清單,將結合運動資訊候補清單與清單內的構成要素亦即結合運動資訊候補的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,供給至結合運動資訊單預測轉換部3605。 The combined motion information calculation unit 3604 generates a combined motion information candidate list based on the motion information of the adjacent blocks supplied from the prediction mode information storage unit 1112, and combines the combined motion information candidate list with the constituent elements in the list. The reference image specifying information and the motion vector value of the information candidate are supplied to the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 3605.

關於結合運動資訊算出部3604之動作,係進行與動態影像編碼裝置中的圖15之結合運動資訊算出部1506相同之動作,生成與編碼時的結合運動資訊候補清單相同的候補清單。 The operation of the combined motion information calculation unit 3604 is performed in the same manner as the combined motion information calculation unit 1506 of FIG. 15 in the motion picture coding apparatus, and a candidate list similar to the combined motion information candidate list at the time of coding is generated.

在結合運動資訊單預測轉換部3605中係進行與動態影像編碼裝置中的圖15之結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507相同之動作,對結合運動資訊算出部3604所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單及候補清單中所被登錄的運動資訊,按照圖10所示的雙預測限制資訊,將預測種別是雙預測的運動資訊,轉換成單預測的運動資訊,供給至結合運動補償預測解碼部3606。 The combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 3605 performs the same operation as the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 1507 of FIG. 15 in the motion picture coding apparatus, and the combined motion information candidate list supplied by the combined motion information calculation unit 3604 and The motion information registered in the candidate list is converted into the motion information of the double prediction based on the double prediction restriction information shown in FIG. 10, and converted into the motion information of the single prediction, and supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606.

結合運動補償預測解碼部3606,係根據結合運動資訊單預測轉換部3605所供給之結合運動資訊候補清單與清單內的構成要素亦即結合運動資訊候補的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,和運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600所供給之結合運動資訊索引,將結合運動資訊索引所示之結合運動資訊候補清單中的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值予以再生,設定至運動補償預測部1114,藉此 以生成運動補償預測訊號。 The combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606 specifies the information and the motion vector value based on the combined motion information candidate list supplied by the combined motion information sheet predictive conversion unit 3605 and the constituent elements in the list, that is, the reference image combined with the motion information candidate, and the motion. The combined motion information index supplied from the information bit stream decoding unit 3600 is regenerated by combining the reference image specifying information and the motion vector value in the combined motion information candidate list indicated by the motion information index, and is set to the motion compensation prediction unit 1114. Take this To generate motion compensation prediction signals.

圖37係圖14的步驟S1402、S1405、S1408、S1410的預測區塊單位解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。首先,取得CU單位之編碼串流(S3700),基於依照CU內的預測區塊尺寸分割模式(PU)而被設定的NumPart,對於對象CU內進行PU分割而成的每一預測區塊尺寸(S3701),執行步驟S3702至步驟S3706的步驟(S3707)。 37 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the prediction block unit decoding processing of steps S1402, S1405, S1408, and S1410 of FIG. 14. First, a code stream of a CU unit is obtained (S3700), and each predicted block size obtained by performing PU splitting in the target CU is based on a NumPart that is set according to a prediction block size division mode (PU) in the CU ( S3701), the steps from step S3702 to step S3706 are performed (S3707).

從CU單位的編碼串流所分離出來的運動資訊的編碼列,係由圖11的預測模式/區塊構造解碼部1108而被供給至運動資訊解碼部1111,使用預測模式資訊記憶體1112所供給之候補區塊群的運動資訊,將解碼對象區塊的運動資訊予以解碼(S3702)。步驟S3702之處理細節,將於後述。 The coded column of the motion information separated from the code stream of the CU unit is supplied to the motion information decoding unit 1111 by the prediction mode/block structure decoding unit 1108 of Fig. 11, and is supplied using the prediction mode information memory 1112. The motion information of the candidate block group decodes the motion information of the decoding target block (S3702). The details of the processing of step S3702 will be described later.

已被分離的預測誤差資訊的編碼列,係被供給至預測差分資訊解碼部1102,被解碼成已被量化之預測誤差訊號,在逆量化.逆轉換部1103中實施逆量化或逆正交轉換等之處理,以生成解碼預測誤差訊號(S3703)。 The coded column of the predicted error information that has been separated is supplied to the predicted difference information decoding unit 1102, and is decoded into the quantized prediction error signal, which is inverse quantized. The inverse transform unit 1103 performs processing such as inverse quantization or inverse orthogonal transform to generate a decoded prediction error signal (S3703).

由運動資訊解碼部1111,解碼對象區塊的運動資訊係被供給至運動補償預測部1114,運動補償預測部1114係依照運動資訊來進行運動補償預測而算出預測訊號(S3704)。加算部1104,係將從逆量化.逆轉換部1103所供給之解碼預測誤差訊號、和從運動補償預測部 1114供給至預測模式/區塊構造選擇部1109,然後藉由在預測模式中選擇了運動補償預測而被供給至加算部1104的預測訊號,進行加算,生成解碼影像訊號(S3705)。 The motion information decoding unit 1111 supplies the motion information of the decoding target block to the motion compensation prediction unit 1114, and the motion compensation prediction unit 1114 performs motion compensation prediction based on the motion information to calculate a prediction signal (S3704). Adding unit 1104, will be inverse quantized. Decoding prediction error signal supplied from the inverse conversion unit 1103, and a slave motion compensation prediction unit 1114 is supplied to the prediction mode/block structure selection unit 1109, and the prediction signal supplied to the addition unit 1104 is selected by the motion compensation prediction in the prediction mode, and is added to generate a decoded video signal (S3705).

由加算部1104所供給之解碼影像訊號,係被儲存在畫格內解碼影像緩衝區1105中,並且供給至迴圈濾波器部1106。又,運動資訊解碼部1111所供給之解碼對象區塊的運動資訊,係被儲存在預測模式資訊記憶體1112(S3706)。對於對象CU內的所有預測區塊實施上述處理,就結束預測區塊單位的解碼處理。 The decoded video signal supplied from the adding unit 1104 is stored in the in-frame decoded video buffer 1105 and supplied to the loop filter unit 1106. Further, the motion information of the decoding target block supplied from the motion information decoding unit 1111 is stored in the prediction mode information memory 1112 (S3706). The above processing is performed for all the prediction blocks in the target CU, and the decoding processing of the prediction block unit is ended.

圖38係圖37的步驟S3702的運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。藉由運動資訊位元串流解碼部3600與預測向量算出部3601、及結合運動資訊算出部3604,圖37的步驟S3702之運動資訊解碼處理就會被進行。 38 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the motion information decoding process of step S3702 of FIG. 37. The motion information bit decoding unit 3600, the prediction vector calculation unit 3601, and the combined motion information calculation unit 3604 perform the motion information decoding process of step S3702 of FIG. 37.

運動資訊解碼處理,係為根據以特定語法結構而被編碼成的編碼位元串流,來解碼運動資訊的處理。首先若以編碼區塊之CU單位而被解碼之Skip旗標表示Skip模式時(S3800:YES),則進行結合預測運動資訊解碼(S3801)。關於步驟S3801的詳細處理,將於後述。 The motion information decoding process is a process of decoding motion information based on a coded bit stream encoded with a specific syntax structure. First, if the Skip flag decoded by the CU unit of the coding block indicates the Skip mode (S3800: YES), the combined prediction motion information decoding is performed (S3801). The detailed processing of step S3801 will be described later.

另一方面,若非Skip模式(S3800:NO),則將合併旗標予以解碼(S3802)。若合併旗標是表示1(S3803:YES),則前進至步驟S3801的結合預測運動資訊解碼。 On the other hand, if it is not the Skip mode (S3800: NO), the merge flag is decoded (S3802). If the merge flag is 1 (S3803: YES), the process proceeds to the combined predicted motion information decoding of step S3801.

若合併旗標非1(S3803:NO),則將運動預測旗標予以解碼(S3804),進行預測運動資訊解碼(S3805),結束處理。關於步驟S3805的詳細動作,將於後述。 If the merge flag is not 1 (S3803: NO), the motion prediction flag is decoded (S3804), the predicted motion information is decoded (S3805), and the processing ends. The detailed operation of step S3805 will be described later.

圖39係圖38的步驟S3801的結合預測運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 Fig. 39 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the combined predicted motion information decoding processing of step S3801 of Fig. 38.

首先對預測模式設定結合預測模式(S3900),生成結合運動資訊候補清單(S3901)。步驟S3901之處理,係和動態影像編碼裝置中的圖17之步驟S1701的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理相同之處理。 First, the prediction mode is set in conjunction with the prediction mode (S3900), and a combined motion information candidate list is generated (S3901). The process of step S3901 is the same as the process of the combined motion information candidate list generation process of step S1701 of FIG. 17 in the motion image coding apparatus.

接著,若預測區塊尺寸是被圖10所示之用來限制雙預測的控制參數inter_bipred_restriction_idc所設定之用來限制雙預測之預測區塊尺寸亦即bipred_restriction_size以下時(S3902:YES),則在所被儲存之結合運動資訊候補清單內將各候補的雙預測之運動資訊置換成單預測的運動資訊,進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換(S3903)。在此處理中,係實施和圖30的流程圖所示的編碼裝置中的結合運動資訊單預測轉換處理相同的處理。若預測區塊尺寸並非bipred_restriction_size以下(S3902:NO),則前進至步驟S3904。 Then, if the predicted block size is set by the control parameter inter_bipred_restriction_idc used to limit the bi-prediction shown in FIG. 10 to limit the predicted block size of the double prediction, that is, below the bipred_restriction_size (S3902: YES), then The stored motion information candidate list replaces the candidate double predicted motion information with the single predicted motion information, and performs combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion (S3903). In this processing, the same processing as the combined motion information sheet predictive conversion processing in the encoding apparatus shown in the flowchart of Fig. 30 is carried out. If the predicted block size is not equal to bipred_restriction_size (S3902: NO), the process proceeds to step S3904.

接著,將結合運動資訊索引予以解碼(S3904),接著,由結合運動資訊候補清單,取得結合運動資訊索引所示之位置上所被儲存的運動資訊(S3905)。作為所取得之運動資訊,係為表示單預測/雙 預測的預測種別、參照影像指定資訊、運動向量值。 Next, the combined motion information index is decoded (S3904), and then the motion information stored at the position indicated by the combined motion information index is obtained from the combined motion information candidate list (S3905). As the obtained sports information, it is a single forecast/double Predicted predicted species, reference image designation information, and motion vector values.

在實施形態1中,係結合運動資訊的雙預測往單預測之轉換處理,係不會變更結合運動資訊的索引之值,因此在解碼裝置中係亦可僅在解碼所必須之索引的結合運動資訊中進行轉換處理,此時係在進行了圖39的步驟S3904及步驟S3905之後,進行以預測區塊尺寸來進行雙預測限制的步驟S3902及步驟S3903。 In the first embodiment, the double prediction to single prediction conversion processing combined with the motion information does not change the value of the index combined with the motion information, so in the decoding device, only the combined motion of the index necessary for decoding can be used. In the information, the conversion processing is performed. At this time, after step S3904 and step S3905 of FIG. 39 are performed, steps S3902 and S3903 for performing the double prediction restriction by the prediction block size are performed.

已被生成之運動資訊,係被當成結合預測模式的運動資訊而儲存(S3906),被供給至結合運動補償預測解碼部3606。 The motion information that has been generated is stored as the motion information in conjunction with the prediction mode (S3906), and is supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606.

圖40係圖38的步驟S3805的預測運動資訊解碼處理之詳細動作的說明用流程圖。 40 is a flow chart for explaining the detailed operation of the predicted motion information decoding process of step S3805 of FIG. 38.

首先,判別預測種別是否為單預測(S4000)。若為單預測,則將處理對象的參照影像清單(LX),設定至預測時所使用之參照影像清單(S4001)。若非單預測,則由於是雙預測,因此此時係將LX設成L0(S4002)。 First, it is judged whether or not the predicted species is a single prediction (S4000). In the case of single prediction, the reference image list (LX) to be processed is set to the reference image list used for prediction (S4001). If it is not a single prediction, since it is a double prediction, LX is set to L0 at this time (S4002).

接著,將參照影像指定資訊予以解碼(S4003),將差分向量值予以解碼(S4004)。接著,生成預測向量候補清單(S4005),若預測向量候補清單大於1(S4006:YES),則將預測向量索引予以解碼(S4007),若預測向量候補清單為1時(S4006:NO),則對預測向量索引設定0(S4008)。 Next, the reference video designation information is decoded (S4003), and the difference vector value is decoded (S4004). Next, a prediction vector candidate list is generated (S4005), and if the prediction vector candidate list is larger than 1 (S4006: YES), the prediction vector index is decoded (S4007), and when the prediction vector candidate list is 1 (S4006: NO), The prediction vector index is set to 0 (S4008).

此處,在步驟S4005中,是進行與動態影像 編碼裝置中的圖33之流程圖之步驟S3304相同的處理。 Here, in step S4005, it is performed with the motion picture The same processing as step S3304 of the flowchart of Fig. 33 in the encoding apparatus.

接著,由預測向量候補清單,取得預測向量索引所示之位置上所被儲存的運動向量值(S4009)。藉由將已解碼之差分向量值與運動向量值進行加算,而再生出運動向量(S4010)。 Next, the motion vector value stored at the position indicated by the prediction vector index is obtained from the prediction vector candidate list (S4009). The motion vector is reproduced by adding the decoded difference vector value and the motion vector value (S4010).

接著,再度判別預測種別是否為單預測(S4011),若預測種別是單預測則前進至步驟S4014。若非單預測、亦即是雙預測,則判定處理對象的參照清單LX是否為L1(S4012)。若參照清單LX是L1,則前進至步驟S4014,若非L1,亦即是L0,則預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restrcition_size以下(S4013:YES)的情況下,則前進至步驟S4016,若預測區塊尺寸是大於bipred_restriction_size(S4013:NO),則將LX設成L1(S4015),進行與步驟S4003至步驟S4011之處理相同的處理。 Next, it is determined again whether or not the predicted species is a single prediction (S4011), and if the predicted species is a single prediction, the process proceeds to step S4014. If it is not a single prediction, that is, a double prediction, it is determined whether or not the reference list LX to be processed is L1 (S4012). If the reference list LX is L1, the process proceeds to step S4014. If L1 is not L1, and the predicted block size is equal to or smaller than bipred_restrcition_size (S4013: YES), the process proceeds to step S4016, and if the predicted block size is If it is larger than bipred_restriction_size (S4013: NO), LX is set to L1 (S4015), and the same processing as that of step S4003 to step S4011 is performed.

若預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restrcition_size以下,則雙預測之運動補償係被禁止,因此位了確實限制解碼裝置中的記憶體存取量,將所被傳輸之運動資訊,轉換成單預測(S4016),前進至步驟S4014。 If the predicted block size is below the bipred_restrcition_size, the motion prediction of the double prediction is prohibited, so that the memory access amount in the decoding device is surely limited, and the transmitted motion information is converted into a single prediction (S4016). Proceed to step S4014.

接著,作為已被生成之運動資訊,在單預測時,係將對1個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,在雙預測時,係將對2個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量值,當成運動資訊而加以儲存(S4014),並被供給至運動補償預測解碼部3603。 Then, as the motion information that has been generated, in the single prediction, information and motion vector values are assigned to the reference image of one reference image, and in the case of double prediction, the reference image of the two reference images is specified. The motion vector value is stored as motion information (S4014), and supplied to the motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3603.

在實施形態1中的預測運動資訊解碼處理中,係為了對編碼時所被傳輸之運動資訊依照語法而進行解碼,而進行動態影像編碼裝置中的如圖33的預測模式評價值生成處理中所實施的,為了確實限制記憶體存取量的關於雙預測限制之條件分歧,省略步驟S4013之條件判斷及步驟S4016之處理的形態中也可實現,但在實施形態1中,作為在解碼裝置中也能確實限制記憶體頻寬之構成,而採取圖40的流程圖所示之預測運動資訊解碼處理。 In the prediction motion information decoding process according to the first embodiment, in order to decode the motion information transmitted during encoding in accordance with the syntax, the motion image coding apparatus performs the prediction mode evaluation value generation processing as shown in FIG. In order to reliably limit the conditional difference of the double prediction limit of the memory access amount, the condition determination of step S4013 and the processing of step S4016 may be omitted. However, in the first embodiment, as the decoding apparatus, It is also possible to surely limit the composition of the memory bandwidth, and take the predicted motion information decoding process shown in the flowchart of FIG.

圖41係為,以圖35所示的傳輸序列單位之參數的seq_parameter_set_rbsp( )等,傳輸了將編碼處理/解碼處理之最大影像尺寸或所定時間單位的最大處理像素數加以定義的level_idc的情況下,參照影像的記憶體存取量之負荷,係與最大處理像素數成比例地增大,因此與可使用之最大處理像素數連動,增加運動補償預測之預測區塊尺寸與雙預測之限制之構成之一例。隨應於被編碼裝置所定義並傳輸的level_idc,對inter_4x4_enable及inter_bipred_restriction_idc所能採取的值施加限制,藉此就可隨應於編碼裝置、解碼裝置所想定之影像尺寸來施加記憶體存取的限制,可隨著編碼裝置及解碼裝置的用途,確保必要之記憶體頻寬,可實現一面削減處理負荷及裝置的規模,一面能維持編碼效率的編碼裝置及解碼裝置。 41 is a diagram showing a case where the level_idc of the maximum image size of the encoding processing/decoding processing or the maximum processing pixel number of the predetermined time unit is defined by seq_parameter_set_rbsp( ) or the like of the parameter of the transmission sequence unit shown in FIG. 35. The load of the memory access amount of the reference image is increased in proportion to the maximum number of processed pixels, so that it is associated with the maximum number of processed pixels that can be used, and the prediction block size and the double prediction limit of the motion compensation prediction are increased. An example of composition. According to the level_idc defined and transmitted by the encoding device, restrictions are imposed on the values that can be taken by the inter_4x4_enable and the inter_bipred_restriction_idc, thereby limiting the memory access according to the image size desired by the encoding device and the decoding device. With the use of the encoding device and the decoding device, the necessary memory bandwidth can be ensured, and an encoding device and a decoding device capable of maintaining coding efficiency while reducing the processing load and the size of the device can be realized.

圖41係作為一例,在level_idc是被設定成6階段的情況下,若為想定較少像素數之編碼的條件的情況 下,則inter_4x4_enable係沒有限制(0與1都可設定),對inter_bipred_restriction_idc也是可設定所被定義的所有的值,但伴隨著level_idc的增加,從圖9所示的記憶體存取量較大的預測處理起階段性地施加預測區塊尺寸及雙預測之限制,就可將inter_4x4_enable(總是只設成0)及inter_bipred_restriction_idc(把所能採取之值的最小值予以加大),與最大影像尺寸或最大處理像素數連動而加以控制。 41 is an example of a case where the level_idc is set to six stages, and the case where a coding condition of a small number of pixels is specified is considered. Next, inter_4x4_enable is not limited (0 and 1 can be set), and inter_bipred_restriction_idc is also set to all values defined, but with the increase of level_idc, the amount of memory access from FIG. 9 is large. The prediction process applies the prediction block size and the double prediction limit in stages, and inter_4x4_enable (always only set to 0) and inter_bipred_restriction_idc (increase the minimum value of the value that can be taken), and the maximum image size. Or control the maximum number of processed pixels.

又,如圖41,以level_idc為基準而與最大影像尺寸或最大處理像素數連動而將inter_4x4_enable或inter_bipred_restriction_idc之值,不加以傳輸而默認定設定成限制下的固定值,在編碼裝置、解碼裝置中,藉由所被設定之限制,來進行運動補償預測及雙預測之限制也是可行的,此情況下係變成,藉由傳輸level_idc,就可將對應的inter_4x4_enable或inter_bipred_restriction_idc之值予以解碼之構成。 Further, as shown in FIG. 41, the value of inter_4x4_enable or inter_bipred_restriction_idc is set in association with the maximum image size or the maximum number of processed pixels based on the level_idc, and is set to a fixed value under the limit without being transmitted, and is used in the encoding device and the decoding device. It is also possible to perform motion compensation prediction and double prediction limitation by the set limit. In this case, the value of the corresponding inter_4x4_enable or inter_bipred_restriction_idc can be decoded by transmitting level_idc.

在實施形態1中,係雖然使用了inter_4x4_enable此一禁止4×4預測區塊尺寸之運動補償預測的控制參數,但關於運動補償預測的預測區塊限制也是可以和inter_bipred_restriction_idc同樣地,可使用禁止已被指定之預測區塊尺寸以下之區塊尺寸之運動補償預測的控制參數,就可更細緻地控制記憶體存取量。 In the first embodiment, although the inter_4x4_enable control parameter for which motion compensation prediction of the 4×4 prediction block size is prohibited is used, the prediction block restriction regarding the motion compensation prediction can be the same as the inter_bipred_restriction_idc, and the prohibition has been used. The control parameters of the motion compensation prediction of the block size below the specified prediction block size can control the memory access amount in more detail.

在實施形態1中,如4×8像素與8×4像素般地,將預測區塊尺寸之面積為相同而水平.垂直之像素數 為不同時的雙預測之限制,以同一基準來進行之,但一般會想定參照影像記憶體的存取單位是在水平方向由4像素或8像素等複數像素所構成的情形較多,將水平方向的像素數較少的4×8像素,定義成記憶體存取量較多的預測區塊尺寸,也可施加運動補償預測或雙預測之限制,可達成更貼切於解碼裝置之構成的記憶體存取量之控制。 In the first embodiment, as in the case of 4 × 8 pixels and 8 × 4 pixels, the area of the predicted block size is the same and horizontal. Vertical number of pixels In order to limit the double prediction at different times, the same reference is made. However, it is generally assumed that the access unit of the reference image memory is composed of a plurality of pixels of four pixels or eight pixels in the horizontal direction, and is horizontal. A 4×8 pixel with a small number of pixels in the direction is defined as a prediction block size with a large memory access amount, and a motion compensation prediction or a double prediction limit can also be applied, so that a memory more conforming to the composition of the decoding device can be achieved. Control of volume access.

又,在實施形態1中,為了提升運動補償預測之效率,如圖42所示,將CU內的分割做的更細緻而定義左右或上下非對稱之預測區塊的情況下,也是可藉由對非對稱之區塊,施加預測區塊尺寸之限制,階段性的記憶體存取量之控制就成為可能。 Further, in the first embodiment, in order to improve the efficiency of the motion compensation prediction, as shown in FIG. 42, when the division in the CU is made more detailed and the left or right asymmetric prediction block is defined, it is also possible to For asymmetric blocks, the limitation of the predicted block size is imposed, and the control of the staged memory access is possible.

如圖42所示,實施形態1的另一構成中,CU往預測區塊之分割構成,係除了非分割(2N×2N)、朝水平.垂直之分割(N×N)、僅朝水平方向之分割(2N×N)、僅朝垂直方向之分割(N×2N)以外,還有僅朝水平方向的上1/4、下3/4之非對稱分割(2N×nU)、僅朝水平方向的上3/4、下1/4之非對稱分割(2N×nD)、僅朝垂直方向的左1/4、右3/4之非對稱分割(nL×2N)、僅朝垂直方向的左3/4、右1/4之非對稱分割(nR×2N),不適用未滿水平4像素、垂直4像素之預測區塊尺寸,可僅對CU尺寸為16×16以上之CU,適用非對稱分割之分割構成。 As shown in Fig. 42, in another configuration of the first embodiment, the CU is divided into prediction blocks, except for non-segmentation (2N × 2N) and horizontal. Vertical division (N×N), division only in the horizontal direction (2N×N), division only in the vertical direction (N×2N), and upper 1/4 and lower 3/4 only in the horizontal direction Asymmetric segmentation (2N×nU), only 3/4 in the horizontal direction, asymmetrical segmentation in the lower 1/4 (2N×nD), 1/4 in the vertical direction, and 3/4 in the right Symmetrical segmentation (nL×2N), asymmetrical segmentation (nR×2N) of only the left 3/4 and right 1/4 in the vertical direction, and the prediction block size of 4 pixels or 4 pixels vertically is not applicable. For a CU having a CU size of 16×16 or more, a split configuration of asymmetric splitting is applicable.

接著,在圖43中圖示圖42的預測區塊構成下的將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制的控 制參數之一例並說明之。控制參數係由,將最小之CU尺寸8×8區塊予以分割之構成,亦即4×4、4×8及8×4預測區塊之運動補償預測的有效、無效的控制參數inter_pred_enable_idc、和定義了運動補償預測之內僅禁止施行雙預測之預測處理的區塊尺寸的inter_bipred_restriction_idc這2個參數所構成。 Next, the control for limiting the block size and prediction processing of the motion compensation prediction under the prediction block configuration of FIG. 42 is illustrated in FIG. An example of the parameters is described. The control parameters are composed of the smallest CU size 8×8 block, that is, the effective and invalid control parameters inter_pred_enable_idc, and the motion compensation prediction of the 4×4, 4×8 and 8×4 prediction blocks. The two parameters of the inter_bipred_restriction_idc of the block size in which the prediction processing of the double prediction is prohibited from being performed within the motion compensation prediction are defined.

在圖43的控制參數之構成中,對於inter_bipred_restriction_idc,增加了對水平.垂直之像素數之記憶體存取的影響,將16×16像素以下的預測區塊尺寸之大小之順序從較小者起,定義成4×4、4×8、8×4、8×8、4×16/12×16(nL×2N/nR×2N)、8×16、16×12/16×4(2N×nU/2N×nD)、16×8、16×16,設定將雙預測予以限制的預測區塊尺寸之值。藉此,即使對於已提升了運動補償預測之效率的非對稱構成之預測區塊,仍可和使用圖10所示之控制參數之構成同樣地,以較細緻的單位來進行記憶體存取量之控制,提升了運動補償預測之效率之後,可隨著所被容許之記憶體頻寬,來控制記憶體存取量。 In the composition of the control parameters of Fig. 43, for inter_bipred_restriction_idc, the level is added. The effect of the memory access of the vertical pixel number is defined as 4×4, 4×8, 8×4, 8×8 from the smaller one in the order of the size of the prediction block size below 16×16 pixels. 4×16/12×16 (nL×2N/nR×2N), 8×16, 16×12/16×4 (2N×nU/2N×nD), 16×8, 16×16, setting double The value of the predicted block size that is predicted to be limited. Thereby, even for the prediction block of the asymmetric configuration in which the efficiency of the motion compensation prediction has been improved, the memory access amount can be performed in a finer unit as in the configuration using the control parameters shown in FIG. The control, after improving the efficiency of the motion compensation prediction, can control the memory access amount according to the allowed memory bandwidth.

在實施形態1中,係以inter_bipred_restriction_idc所定義之預測區塊尺寸為基準,對所被定義之尺寸以下的預測區塊,施加雙預測之限制,但藉由將值所致之限制,設計成對未滿所被定義尺寸之預測區塊施加雙預測之限制,或是在未滿施加雙預測限制之預測區塊尺寸的預測區塊尺寸下,不進行運動補償預測的情況下, 對所被定義之尺寸的預測區塊,施加雙預測之限制,也可成為實現本發明之構成。對未滿所被定義之尺寸的預測區塊施加雙預測之限制的情況下,則把實施形態1的編碼裝置中的圖17的流程圖所示的步驟S1702、圖33的流程圖所示的步驟S3308、實施形態1的解碼裝置中的圖39的流程圖所示的步驟S3902、圖40的流程圖所示的步驟S4013中的條件判斷,變成是否未滿bipred_restriction_size,並且,inter_bipred_restriction_idc所定義之預測區塊尺寸之值是被當作1個較大的預測區塊尺寸而被設定,藉此就可實現之。 In the first embodiment, the prediction block size defined by the inter_bipred_restriction_idc is used as a reference, and the prediction block below the defined size is applied with a double prediction limit, but the value is limited by the value. If the prediction block that is less than the defined size imposes a double prediction limit, or if the motion compensation prediction is not performed under the prediction block size of the prediction block size that is less than the double prediction limit applied, It is also possible to implement the present invention by applying a double prediction limit to the prediction block of the defined size. When the double prediction limit is applied to the prediction block whose size is less than the defined size, the step S170 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 17 and the flowchart shown in FIG. 33 in the coding apparatus according to the first embodiment are used. Step S3308, step S3902 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 39 in the decoding apparatus according to the first embodiment, and conditional judgment in step S4013 shown in the flowchart of FIG. 40 become whether or not bipred_restriction_size is not satisfied, and the prediction defined by inter_bipred_restriction_idc The value of the block size is set as a larger prediction block size, thereby achieving this.

在實施形態1中,係如圖35所示,是將用來限制運動補償預測時的記憶體存取量所需的控制參數,亦即inter_4x4_enable及inter_bipred_restriction_idc,分別以個別之參數而進行編碼傳輸之構成為一例,但只要是這些控制參數資訊,是能以控制動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置之記憶體存取量限制的參數之方式而傳輸之構成即可,亦可為如圖44所示般的將以inter_4x4_enable與inter_bipred_restriction_idc之組合來進行定義之資訊(inter_mc_restrcution_idc)予以編碼傳輸之構成,藉由控制成使得所定或所定以下之預測區塊尺寸的運動補償預測處理不會進行的資訊、和控制成使得所定以下之預測區塊尺寸的雙預測不會進行的資訊,還能產生可把進行運動補償預測及結合運動資訊候補之單預測限制之處理整合成1個指示資訊而加以編碼傳輸及解碼的效果。 In the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 35, the control parameters required to limit the amount of memory access in the motion compensation prediction, that is, inter_4x4_enable and inter_bipred_restriction_idc, are respectively encoded and transmitted with individual parameters. The configuration is an example. However, as long as the control parameter information is transmitted, it may be configured to control the parameters of the memory access amount limitation of the motion picture coding device and the motion picture decoding device, or may be as shown in FIG. The information that is defined by the combination of inter_4x4_enable and inter_bipred_restriction_idc (inter_mc_restrcution_idc) is encoded and transmitted, and information that is controlled so that the motion compensation prediction process of the predetermined or predetermined prediction block size is not performed, and Controlling the information such that the double prediction of the predicted block size is not performed, and generating a process for integrating the motion compensation prediction and the single prediction limit combined with the motion information candidate into one indication information and encoding and transmitting The effect of decoding.

又,在實施形態1中,係作為用來對運動補償預測限制記憶體存取量所需的、禁止結合運動補償預測中所使用之雙預測的手段,是將被儲存至結合運動資訊候補索引後的運動資訊,隨應於條件而從雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測之運動資訊並儲存之,使用在預測處理中,因此不是禁止雙預測之結合運動資訊候補,而是可作為單預測之運動資訊來使用,具有禁止雙預測之條件的預測區塊尺寸下提升運動補償預測之預測精度、提升編碼效率之效果。 Further, in the first embodiment, as means for predicting the amount of memory access prediction for motion compensation, the double prediction used in the combined motion compensation prediction is stored, and is stored in the combined motion information candidate index. The post-motion information is converted from the bi-predicted motion information into the single-predicted motion information according to the conditions and stored in the prediction process. Therefore, it is not a combined motion information candidate forbidding the double prediction, but can be used as a single prediction. The motion information is used, and the prediction accuracy of the motion compensation prediction is improved under the prediction block size that prohibits the double prediction condition, and the coding efficiency is improved.

(實施形態2) (Embodiment 2)

接著進行本發明的實施形態2所述之動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置的說明。在實施形態2中,係和第1實施形態同樣地,以預測區塊尺寸所致之運動補償預測之限制、與預測區塊尺寸以下之雙預測之限制之組合,來限制最大記憶體存取量的構成係為相同,但並非將定義雙預測之限制的參數加以限制的預測區塊尺寸加以表示的資訊,而是採用針對最小CU尺寸中的CU分割構造施加雙預測之限制的構造。 Next, a description will be given of a motion picture coding apparatus and a motion picture decoding apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention. In the second embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the maximum memory access is limited by the combination of the motion compensation prediction by the prediction block size and the double prediction limit below the prediction block size. The composition of the quantities is the same, but is not the information indicating the prediction block size that limits the parameters defining the limit of the double prediction, but the configuration in which the restriction of the double prediction is applied to the CU partition structure in the minimum CU size.

圖45中圖示本發明的實施形態2中的將運動補償預測之區塊尺寸及預測處理加以限制的控制參數之一例並說明之。 Fig. 45 is a diagram showing an example of control parameters for limiting the block size and prediction processing of motion compensation prediction in the second embodiment of the present invention.

控制參數係由,控制最小運動補償預測區塊尺寸亦即4×4像素之運動補償預測之有效.無效的參數 inter_4x4_enable定義了運動補償預測之內僅禁止施行雙預測之預測處理的最小CU尺寸下的CU分割構造的inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc這2個參數所構成。 The control parameters are determined by controlling the minimum motion compensation prediction block size, that is, the motion compensation prediction of 4×4 pixels. Invalid parameter The inter_4x4_enable defines two parameters of the inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc of the CU partitioning structure in the minimum CU size in which the prediction processing of the double prediction is prohibited within the motion compensation prediction.

inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc,係定義4個值,來控制:無限制、N×N限制、N×2N/2N×N以下限制、對CU內所有的分割(PU)做限制的4個狀態。最小CU尺寸,係實施形態1中的如圖35之語法所示,以log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3且以8為基準(表示8×8)的2的冪乘值而被定義,藉由inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc之值與最小CU尺寸的連動,設定限制雙預測之區塊尺寸bipred_restriction_size。 Inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc defines four values to control: unlimited, N x N limits, N x 2N/2N x N or less, and four states that limit all partitions (PUs) in the CU. The minimum CU size, as shown in the syntax of FIG. 35 in Embodiment 1, is defined by a power multiplication value of 2 of log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3 and 8 (8×8), with the value of inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc and the minimum CU size. The linkage is set to limit the bi-predicted block size bipred_restriction_size.

實施形態2中的編碼裝置及解碼裝置之構成,係可採取和實施形態1同樣之構成,實施形態1中的bipred_restriction_size,是以上記log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3與inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc之組合而被定義這點,是不同的構成。具體的bipred_restriction_size之定義,示於圖46。 The configuration of the encoding device and the decoding device according to the second embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment. The bipred_restriction_size in the first embodiment is defined by the combination of log2_min_coding_block_size_minus3 and inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc described above, and is different. The definition of the specific bipred_restriction_size is shown in Figure 46.

inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc,係如圖47所示的語法之一例所示,與實施形態1中的圖35之語法同樣地被構成,當作序列單位之參數而以seq_parameter_set_rbsp( )來傳輸之,不傳輸inter_bipred_restriction_idc而改為傳輸inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc之值。 The inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc is configured as in the example of the syntax shown in FIG. 47, and is configured as the parameter of the sequence unit by seq_parameter_set_rbsp( ) as a parameter of the sequence unit, and is not transmitted by inter_bipred_restriction_idc. To transfer the value of inter_bipred_restriction_for_mincb_idc.

記憶體存取量較大、必須要限制記憶體頻寬 的狀態,係對編碼時的最小CU尺寸產生,因此與最小CU尺寸連動來施加雙預測之限制的構成,係管理、傳輸之參數的浪費較少,而且在編碼裝置中想要施加記憶體存取量之限制時,具有可用較少的控制參數值就能定義較大尺寸下的雙預測限制之效果。 Memory access is large, memory bandwidth must be limited The state is generated for the minimum CU size at the time of encoding. Therefore, the configuration of the double prediction is imposed in conjunction with the minimum CU size, and the parameters for management and transmission are less wasted, and the memory device is intended to be applied in the encoding device. When the limit is taken, the effect of the double prediction limit for larger sizes can be defined with fewer control parameter values.

然後,在實施形態2中,係將CU內的分割做的更細緻而定義左右或上下非對稱之預測區塊,即使提升運動補償預測效率的情況下,就算不在各CU階層追加每一區塊尺寸的尺寸限制,仍只要追加最小CU尺寸時的定義即可,因此除了擴充性高以外,在進行超越高畫質的超高精細影像之編碼.解碼處理之際,具有可容易實現明示性進行預測區塊尺寸之大小或雙預測之限制的效果。 Then, in the second embodiment, the prediction block in the left and right or the upper and lower asymmetry is defined in a more detailed manner in the CU, and even if the motion compensation prediction efficiency is improved, each block is not added in each CU level. The size limit of the size can still be as long as the definition of the minimum CU size is added. Therefore, in addition to the high expandability, the encoding of the ultra-high-definition image beyond the high image quality is performed. At the time of the decoding process, there is an effect that it is possible to easily realize the limitation of the size of the prediction block size or the double prediction.

(實施形態3) (Embodiment 3)

接著進行本發明的實施形態3所述之動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置的說明。在實施形態3中係採取了,除了記憶體存取量限制所需的運動補償預測或雙預測之限制以外,還藉由限制預測區塊尺寸變小之際的結合運動預測候補生成處理的動作次數,以減輕結合運動預測候補生成所需之處理負荷之構成。 Next, a description will be given of a motion picture coding apparatus and a motion picture decoding apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention. In the third embodiment, in addition to the limitation of the motion compensation prediction or the double prediction required for the memory access amount limitation, the action of the combined motion prediction candidate generation processing when the prediction block size is reduced is also adopted. The number of times to reduce the processing load required to combine the motion prediction candidate generation.

具體而言是採取了,所定CU尺寸以下之預測區塊尺寸時,在各預測區塊中,使用同一相鄰區塊之運動資訊來進行同一結合運動資訊候補生成處理之構成。在實施形態3中,對於最小CU尺寸8×8CU尺寸的預測區塊, 採取上記構成,將實施形態3的8×8CU尺寸的結合運動資訊候補生成時的空間周邊預測區塊之位置,使用圖48來說明。 Specifically, when the prediction block size equal to or smaller than the predetermined CU size is adopted, the same combined motion information candidate generation processing is performed using the motion information of the same adjacent block in each prediction block. In Embodiment 3, for a prediction block having a minimum CU size of 8 × 8 CU size, In the above configuration, the position of the spatial neighbor prediction block at the time of generating the combined motion information candidate of the 8×8 CU size of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 48 .

在8×8CU中,相對於8×8像素的預測區塊(2N×2N)的空間候補區塊群之區塊A0、區塊A1、區塊B0、區塊B1、區塊B2這5區塊的位置,係如圖48(a)所示,呈現和圖19所示的實施形態1的空間候補區塊群之定義相同之位置。 In the 8×8 CU, the 5 blocks of the block A0, the block A1, the block B0, the block B1, and the block B2 of the spatial candidate block group of the prediction block (2N×2N) of 8×8 pixels are compared. The position of the block is the same as the definition of the space candidate block group of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 19 as shown in Fig. 48(a).

相對於此,關於相對於4×8像素之預測區塊(N×2N)、8×4像素之預測區塊(2N×N)、4×4像素之預測區塊(N×N)的空間候補區塊群之位置,係如圖48(b)、(c)、(d)所示,並非和圖19所示的實施形態1的空間候補區塊群之定義所呈現的對象預測區塊的相鄰位置之區塊,而是與相對於8×8像素的空間候補區塊群相同之位置,是對所有的預測區塊而被使用。關於時間候補區塊群的位置也是同樣地,與8×8像素之預測區塊相同之位置,是對4×8像素、8×4像素、4×4像素所有的預測區塊而被使用。 In contrast, regarding the prediction block (N×2N) of 4×8 pixels, the prediction block (2N×N) of 8×4 pixels, and the prediction block (N×N) of 4×4 pixels. The position of the candidate block group is not the object prediction block represented by the definition of the space candidate block group of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 19, as shown in FIGS. 48(b), (c), and (d). The block of the adjacent position is the same as the space candidate block group with respect to 8 × 8 pixels, and is used for all the prediction blocks. Similarly, the position of the time candidate block group is the same as that of the prediction block of 8 × 8 pixels, and is used for all prediction blocks of 4 × 8 pixels, 8 × 4 pixels, and 4 × 4 pixels.

亦即,對於對象之8×8CU,在所構成的所有預測區塊構成中,同一結合運動資訊候補會被使用,編碼裝置及解碼裝置中的結合運動資訊生成處理係可以1次的生成處理來實現。 That is, for the 8×8 CU of the object, the same combined motion information candidate is used in all the predicted block configurations, and the combined motion information generation processing in the encoding device and the decoding device can be generated once. achieve.

接著說明實施形態3中的動態影像編碼裝置的編碼區塊單位之編碼處理。相對於實施形態1中的編碼 區塊單位之編碼處理,僅圖7的流程圖所示之運動補償預測區塊尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理,和圖17的流程圖所示之運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理有所不同,因此說明這些處理。 Next, the encoding process of the coding block unit of the motion picture coding apparatus in the third embodiment will be described. Relative to the coding in Embodiment 1 For the coding processing of the block unit, only the motion compensation prediction block size selection/prediction signal generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 7 is different from the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. , so explain these treatments.

圖49中圖示了實施形態3的運動補償預測區塊尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理的流程圖。關於與實施形態1的圖7的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 Fig. 49 is a flow chart showing the motion compensation prediction block size selection/prediction signal generation processing of the third embodiment. The same steps as those in the flowchart of Fig. 7 of the first embodiment are indicated by the same number and only new parts are indicated for different parts.

首先,將對於對象CU而為預測對象的編碼區塊影像,加以取得(S700)。接著,判定對象CU的CU尺寸是否為8×8(S4908)。若對象CU的CU尺寸是8×8(S4908:YES),則進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理(S4909)。若對象CU的CU尺寸不是8×8(S4908:NO),則前進至步驟S701。關於步驟S4909的細節,係進行與實施形態1中的圖18的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理相同之處理。 First, the coded block image to be predicted for the target CU is acquired (S700). Next, it is determined whether or not the CU size of the target CU is 8 × 8 (S4908). If the CU size of the target CU is 8 × 8 (S4908: YES), the combined motion information candidate list generation processing is performed (S4909). If the CU size of the target CU is not 8 × 8 (S4908: NO), the process proceeds to step S701. The details of step S4909 are the same as those of the combined motion information candidate list generation processing of FIG. 18 in the first embodiment.

進行了步驟S4909後,若對象CU內的最小預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restriction_size以下(S4910:YES),則進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理(S4911)。若對象CU內的最小預測區塊尺寸不是bipred_restriction_size以下(S4910:NO),則前進至步驟S701。關於步驟S4911的細節,係進行與實施形態1中的圖30的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理相同之處理。 After the step S4909, if the minimum predicted block size in the target CU is equal to or less than bipred_restriction_size (S4910: YES), the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion process is performed (S4911). If the minimum predicted block size in the target CU is not equal to bipred_restriction_size (S4910: NO), the process proceeds to step S701. The details of step S4911 are the same as those of the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing of FIG. 30 in the first embodiment.

在實施形態3中,係限制雙預測之預測區塊尺寸亦即bipred_restriction_size的結合運動資訊候補生成處理,是對象CU上所被使用之預測區塊尺寸時(若inter_4x4_enable為1則為4×4/4×8/8×4/8×8之預測區塊,若inter_4x4_enable為0則為4×8/8×4/8×8之預測區塊,),則對於對對象CU一起生成之結合運動資訊候補清單,進行將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測的處理。亦即,變成會進行已被擴充成bipred_restriction_size為3(8×8以下限制)之處理。 In the third embodiment, the combined motion information candidate generation processing of the bipred_restriction_size, which is the prediction block size of the double prediction, is the predicted block size used on the target CU (if the inter_4x4_enable is 1, it is 4×4/ 4×8/8×4/8×8 prediction block, if inter_4x4_enable is 0, it is 4×8/8×4/8×8 prediction block,), then the combined motion generated for the target CU The information candidate list performs processing for converting the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction. That is, it becomes a process of being expanded to a bipred_restriction_size of 3 (8×8 or less).

回到圖49的說明,步驟S4911的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理進行後,前進至步驟S701。步驟S701以後,至步驟S707為止的處理,係進行與實施形態1中的圖7的流程圖中的步驟S701至步驟S707之處理相同之處理。 Referring back to the description of FIG. 49, the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing of step S4911 is performed, and the processing proceeds to step S701. After the step S701, the processing up to the step S707 is the same as the processing of the steps S701 to S707 in the flowchart of FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.

在實施形態3中,對8×8CU尺寸的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理與結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理是以同一動作而被進行,在編碼裝置中係藉由1次的生成處理,就可生成8×8CU尺寸內的所有結合運動資訊候補,具有如此效果。又,在實施形態3中,雖然在不進行圖49之流程圖之步驟S4910之處理的構成中,具有對8×8CU尺寸是以同一動作來進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理,且可在未擴充bipred_restriction_size之狀態下進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之效果,但在編碼裝置中係必須要進行8×8CU尺寸內的每一預測區塊尺寸的結 合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理。 In the third embodiment, the combined motion information candidate list generation processing of the 8×8 CU size and the combined motion information candidate list prediction conversion processing are performed in the same operation, and the encoding apparatus performs the generation processing once. All combined motion information candidates within the 8 x 8 CU size can be generated with this effect. Further, in the third embodiment, in the configuration in which the processing of step S4910 of the flowchart of FIG. 49 is not performed, the combined motion information candidate list generation processing is performed in the same operation for the 8×8 CU size, and The effect of combining the motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing is performed in the state of expanding the bipred_restriction_size, but in the encoding apparatus, it is necessary to perform the knot of each prediction block size within the 8×8 CU size. Motion information candidate list prediction conversion processing.

接著,在圖50中圖示並說明實施形態3的運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理的流程圖。關於與實施形態1的圖17的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 Next, a flowchart of the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing of the third embodiment will be illustrated and described with reference to FIG. The same steps as those of the flowchart of Fig. 17 of the first embodiment are indicated by the same number and only new parts are indicated for the different parts.

基於依照已被定義之CU內的預測區塊尺寸分割模式(PU)而被設定的NumPart,對於對象CU內進行PU分割而成的每一預測區塊尺寸(S1700),若對象CU尺寸不是8×8(S5010:NO),則執行步驟S1701至步驟S1708的步驟(S1709)。關於步驟S1701至步驟S1708之處理,係進行與實施形態1中的圖17的流程圖相同之處理。 Based on the NumPart set according to the prediction block size division mode (PU) in the defined CU, for each prediction block size (S1700) obtained by performing PU segmentation in the target CU, if the target CU size is not 8 ×8 (S5010: NO), the steps of step S1701 to step S1708 are performed (S1709). The processing of steps S1701 to S1708 is the same as the processing of the flowchart of Fig. 17 in the first embodiment.

若對象CU尺寸是8×8(S5010:YES),則不進行步驟S1701至步驟S1703之處理,前進至步驟S1704。亦即是被構成為,對象CU尺寸是8×8之預測區塊尺寸的情況下,係直接使用圖49所示之運動補償預測區塊尺寸選擇/預測訊號生成處理的流程圖內之處理所生成的結合運動資訊候補,進行結合預測模式之運動補償預測。 If the target CU size is 8 × 8 (S5010: YES), the processing of steps S1701 to S1703 is not performed, and the processing proceeds to step S1704. In other words, in the case where the target CU size is the prediction block size of 8×8, the processing in the flowchart of the motion compensation prediction block size selection/prediction signal generation processing shown in FIG. 49 is directly used. The generated combined motion information candidates are subjected to motion compensation prediction in combination with the prediction mode.

接著,實施形態3中的動態影像解碼裝置之編碼區塊單位之解碼處理係進行與實施形態1相同之處理,僅把為了結合運動預測時的結合運動資訊候補清單生成而使用的候補區塊之位置當作對象的CU是8×8的情況下,如圖48所示在所有的預測區塊中取得同一位置的候 補區塊,作為圖39的流程圖所示之結合運動資訊解碼處理中的步驟S3902的判斷條件,若CU尺寸是8×8,則被置換成CU內所能定義之最小預測區塊尺寸是否為bipred_restriction_size以下之條件,可實現如此構成。 Next, the decoding processing unit of the coding block unit of the video decoding device according to the third embodiment performs the same processing as that of the first embodiment, and only the candidate block used for generating the combined motion information candidate list for combining the motion prediction is used. In the case where the CU whose position is the object is 8 × 8, as shown in Fig. 48, the same position is obtained in all the prediction blocks. As a determination condition of step S3902 in the combined motion information decoding process shown in the flowchart of FIG. 39, if the CU size is 8×8, it is replaced with the minimum prediction block size that can be defined in the CU. This can be achieved for the following conditions of bipred_restriction_size.

此外,在實施形態3中還具有,在實現不變更圖39的流程圖所示之結合運動資訊解碼處理中的步驟S3902的判斷條件之構成時,對8×8CU尺寸可以同一動作來進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理,且可以不擴充bipred_restriction_size之狀態進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之如此效果。在解碼裝置中,藉由將編碼串流予以解碼,對解碼對象區塊的預測區塊尺寸係被特定,因此對已被特定之預測區塊尺寸,進行單一的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理。 Further, in the third embodiment, when the configuration of the determination condition of step S3902 in the combined motion information decoding processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 39 is not changed, the combined motion can be performed for the 8×8 CU size by the same operation. The information candidate list generation processing can be performed in combination with the motion information candidate list prediction conversion processing without expanding the state of the bipred_restriction_size. In the decoding apparatus, by decoding the encoded stream, the prediction block size of the decoding target block is specified, and therefore, a single combined motion information candidate single prediction conversion process is performed on the specific predicted block size. .

又,在實施形態3中的動態影像解碼裝置中,作為還可用更少之處理來實現結合運動資訊候補生成處理的構成,係可採取相對於實施形態1中的編碼區塊單位之解碼處理,可將圖39的結合運動資訊解碼處理置換成圖51所示的流程圖之處理之構成,說明其動作。關於與圖39的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 Further, in the video decoding device according to the third embodiment, the configuration of the combined motion information candidate generation processing can be realized with less processing, and the decoding processing with respect to the coding block unit in the first embodiment can be adopted. The operation of the combined motion information decoding process of FIG. 39 may be replaced by the process of the flowchart shown in FIG. 51, and the operation thereof will be described. Regarding the same steps as the flowchart of Fig. 39, the same number is indicated and only the new step number is indicated for the different parts.

對預測模式設定了結合預測模式後(S3900),判斷對象的預測區塊的CU尺寸是否為8×8(S5107)。若CU尺寸不是8×8(S5107:NO),則前進至步驟S3901,進行和實施形態1同樣的結合預測運動資訊解碼 處理。 After the prediction mode is set in the prediction mode (S3900), it is determined whether or not the CU size of the prediction block of the target is 8 × 8 (S5107). If the CU size is not 8×8 (S5107: NO), the process proceeds to step S3901, and the same combined prediction motion information decoding as in the first embodiment is performed. deal with.

另一方面,若CU尺寸是8×8(S5107:YES),則判斷對象的預測區塊是否為對象CU內的最初之結合預測模式(S5108)。若是最初之結合預測模式(S5108:YES),則進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理(S5109)。於步驟S5109中,如圖48所示,藉由在CU內全部預測區塊中取得同一位置之候補區塊的構成,進行與步驟S3901相同之處理。 On the other hand, if the CU size is 8 × 8 (S5107: YES), it is judged whether or not the predicted block of the target is the first combined prediction mode in the target CU (S5108). In the case of the initial combined prediction mode (S5108: YES), the combined motion information candidate list generation processing is performed (S5109). In step S5109, as shown in FIG. 48, the same processing as that of step S3901 is performed by acquiring the configuration of the candidate block of the same position in all the prediction blocks in the CU.

若不是最初之結合預測模式(S5108:NO),則由於對象CU中被同一生成之結合運動資訊候補清單是已經生成,因此不進行結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理,前進至步驟S3904。在對象CU中可用一次的結合運動資訊候補清單生成就能進行解碼處理,因此可削減8×8CU內有複數結合預測模式存在時的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理。 If it is not the initial combined prediction mode (S5108: NO), since the combined motion information candidate list generated by the same in the target CU has already been generated, the combined motion information candidate list generating process is not performed, and the process proceeds to step S3904. Since the decoding processing can be performed by generating the combined motion information candidate list once in the target CU, it is possible to reduce the combined motion information candidate list generation processing when the complex combined prediction mode exists in the 8×8 CU.

進行了步驟S5109後,進行CU內所能定義之最小預測區塊尺寸是否為bipred_restriction_size以下之判斷(S5110),若最小預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restriction_size以下(S5110:YES),則進行結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理(S3903),若最小預測區塊尺寸是大於bipred_restriction_size(S5110:NO),則前進至步驟S3904。 After step S5109 is performed, a determination is made as to whether the minimum prediction block size that can be defined in the CU is below bipred_restriction_size (S5110), and if the minimum prediction block size is below bipred_restriction_size (S5110: YES), the combined motion information candidate list is performed. The prediction conversion processing (S3903), if the minimum prediction block size is larger than bipred_restriction_size (S5110: NO), proceeds to step S3904.

關於步驟S3904至步驟S3906之處理,係進行與實施形態1中的圖39的流程圖之處理相同之處理, 結合預測模式的運動資訊會被解碼並儲存。 The processing of steps S3904 to S3906 is the same as the processing of the flowchart of FIG. 39 in the first embodiment, The motion information combined with the prediction mode is decoded and stored.

若依據實施形態3中的動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置,則可將記憶體存取量限制所需的運動補償預測或雙預測之限制與預測區塊尺寸較小之際的結合運動預測候補生成處理之削減處理,以對各自知限制採取了整合之構成來實現之,可使記憶體頻寬之及結合運動資訊候補生成處理削減兩者同時成立同時還可提升編碼效率。 According to the motion picture coding apparatus and the motion picture decoding apparatus in the third embodiment, the motion compensation prediction or the double prediction limit required for the memory access amount limitation and the combined motion prediction at the time when the prediction block size is small can be used. The reduction processing of the candidate generation processing is realized by integrating the respective knowledge restrictions, and the memory bandwidth and the motion information candidate generation processing can be both reduced and the encoding efficiency can be improved.

實施形態3中的構成同一結合運動資訊候補清單的單位,係設成8×8尺寸來進行說明,但並不必要限定成8×8尺寸,亦可以圖像單位或序列單位等之所定單位,來傳輸定義生成同一清單之最大預測區塊尺寸的參數資訊,就可改變該單位。作為參數,例如設成log2_parallel_merge_level_minus2,可定義作為生成同一清單的預測區塊尺寸之水平.垂直尺寸之基準的對應於2之冪乘值的值。 The unit constituting the same combined motion information candidate list in the third embodiment is described as being 8×8 in size, but it is not necessarily limited to 8×8 size, and may be a unit of an image unit or a sequence unit. This unit can be changed by transmitting parameter information that defines the size of the largest predicted block that generates the same list. As a parameter, for example, set to log2_parallel_merge_level_minus2, which can be defined as the level of the prediction block size that generates the same list. The value of the vertical dimension corresponds to the value of the power multiplication of 2.

(實施形態4) (Embodiment 4)

接著進行本發明的實施形態4所述之動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置的說明。在實施形態4中係和實施形態3同樣地,採取了除了記憶體存取量限制所需的運動補償預測或雙預測之限制以外,還藉由限制預測區塊尺寸變小之際的結合運動預測候補生成處理的動作次數,以減輕結合運動預測候補生成所需之處理負荷之構成。 Next, a description will be given of a motion picture coding apparatus and a motion picture decoding apparatus according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. In the fourth embodiment, in the same manner as in the third embodiment, in addition to the limitation of the motion compensation prediction or the double prediction required for the memory access amount limitation, the combined motion by limiting the size of the prediction block becomes small. The number of operations of the candidate generation process is predicted to reduce the processing load required to generate the combined motion prediction candidate.

在實施形態4中的動態影像編碼裝置中是採取了,對實施形態1所示的動態影像編碼裝置,在圖15所示的運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部113中刪除結合運動資訊單預測轉換部1507,從結合運動資訊算出部1506所輸出的運動向量、參照影像指定資訊、結合運動資訊候補清單係直接供給至結合運動補償預測生成部1508之構成。 In the video encoding apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, the motion picture encoding apparatus shown in the first embodiment deletes the combined motion information sheet predictive conversion in the motion compensation prediction block structure selecting unit 113 shown in FIG. The motion vector, the reference video designation information, and the combined motion information candidate list output from the combined motion information calculation unit 1506 are directly supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction generation unit 1508.

又,在實施形態4中的動態影像解碼裝置中是採取了,對實施形態1所示的動態影像解碼裝置,在圖36所示的運動資訊解碼部1111中刪除結合運動資訊單預測轉換部3605,從結合運動資訊算出部3604所輸出的運動向量、參照影像指定資訊、結合運動資訊候補清單是直接供給至結合運動補償預測解碼部3606之構成。 Further, in the video decoding device according to the fourth embodiment, the motion picture decoding unit 1111 shown in FIG. 36 deletes the combined motion information sheet prediction conversion unit 3605. The motion vector, the reference video designation information, and the combined motion information candidate list output from the combined motion information calculation unit 3604 are directly supplied to the combined motion compensation prediction decoding unit 3606.

在實施形態4中是採取了,取代結合運動資訊單預測轉換部上所進行之運動資訊的從雙預測往單預測之轉換處理,改成運動補償預測時若預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restriction_size以下則僅使用雙預測之運動資訊的L0預測或L1預測之一方的運動資訊來進行單預測之運動補償,藉此進行對記憶體存取量施加限制的運動補償預測之構造。 In the fourth embodiment, the conversion processing from the bi-prediction to the single prediction in combination with the motion information performed on the motion information prediction conversion unit is replaced, and if the prediction block size is changed to bipred_restriction_size or less in the motion compensation prediction, only The motion prediction of the single prediction is performed using the L0 prediction of the bi-predicted motion information or the motion information of one of the L1 predictions, thereby performing the motion compensation prediction that limits the amount of memory access.

具體而言,是在實施形態4中的編碼處理中,在實施形態1中的圖17的流程圖所示之運動補償預測模式/預測訊號生成處理中,刪除步驟S1702及步驟S1703之處理,在圖31的流程圖所示之結合預測模式評 價值生成處理中的步驟S3105及步驟S3106所進行的,運動補償(單/雙)預測區塊生成處理的內部,及圖33的流程圖所示的預測模式評價值生成處理的步驟S3312中所進行之運動補償預測區塊生成處理的內部,進行對單預測之限制處理。 Specifically, in the encoding processing in the fourth embodiment, in the motion compensation prediction mode/prediction signal generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 17 in the first embodiment, the processing of steps S1702 and S1703 is deleted. The combined prediction mode evaluation shown in the flowchart of FIG. In the motion compensation (single/double) prediction block generation processing performed in steps S3105 and S3106 in the value generation processing, and in the step S3312 of the prediction mode evaluation value generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 33, The motion compensation prediction block generation process internally performs a restriction process on the single prediction.

在實施形態4中,圖31的流程圖的步驟S3105、步驟S3106及圖33的流程圖的步驟S3312中所施行的運動補償預測區塊生成動作,示於圖52的流程圖並說明之。圖52的流程圖係在實施形態4中,變成圖1所示之動態影像編碼裝置中的運動補償預測部112之詳細動作,進行以下動作。 In the fourth embodiment, the motion compensation prediction block generation operation performed in steps S3105 and S3106 of the flowchart of FIG. 31 and step S3312 of the flowchart of FIG. 33 is shown in the flowchart of FIG. In the fourth embodiment, the detailed operation of the motion compensation prediction unit 112 in the video encoding apparatus shown in Fig. 1 is performed, and the following operations are performed.

若所被供給之運動資訊的預測種別是單預測(S5200:YES),則使用對1個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量來生成運動補償單預測區塊(S5203)。 If the predicted type of the motion information to be supplied is a single prediction (S5200: YES), the motion compensation single prediction block is generated using the reference image specifying information and the motion vector for one reference video (S5203).

若所被供給之運動資訊並非單預測,亦即若運動資訊是雙預測時(S5200:NO),則判定L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊(參照影像資訊及運動向量)是否相同,若L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊是相同(S5201:YES),則僅使用L0預測之運動資訊來進行L0單預測運動補償預測(S5204)。但是,雙預測之運動資訊係維持,L1預測之運動資訊係不變更。 If the motion information supplied is not a single prediction, that is, if the motion information is bi-predicted (S5200: NO), it is determined whether the motion information of the L0 prediction is the same as the motion information (refer to the image information and the motion vector) of the L1 prediction. If the motion information of the L0 prediction is the same as the motion information of the L1 prediction (S5201: YES), the L0 single prediction motion compensation prediction is performed using only the motion information of the L0 prediction (S5204). However, the sports information of the double prediction is maintained, and the sports information of the L1 prediction is not changed.

若已被供給之L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊並非相同(S5201:NO),則判定預測區塊尺 寸是否為bipred_restriction_size以下,若預測區塊尺寸是bipred_restriction_size以下(S5202:YES),則與L0預測之運動資訊與L1預測之運動資訊是相同的情形(S5201:YES)同樣地,僅使用L0預測之運動資訊來進行L0單預測運動補償預測(S5204)。但是,雙預測之運動資訊係維持,L1預測之運動資訊係不變更。雙預測限制的目的係為藉由將雙預測限制成單預測以抑制運動補償預測的記憶體頻寬,因此被雙預測限制所限制的預測清單(L0/L1),係亦可設成L1單預測。 If the motion information of the L0 prediction that has been supplied is not the same as the motion information of the L1 prediction (S5201: NO), the prediction block size is determined. Whether the inch is below the bipred_restriction_size, and if the predicted block size is below the bipred_restriction_size (S5202: YES), the case where the motion information of the L0 prediction and the motion information of the L1 prediction are the same (S5201: YES), only the L0 prediction is used. The motion information is used to perform L0 single prediction motion compensation prediction (S5204). However, the sports information of the double prediction is maintained, and the sports information of the L1 prediction is not changed. The purpose of the double prediction limit is to limit the memory bandwidth of motion compensation prediction by limiting the double prediction to a single prediction. Therefore, the prediction list (L0/L1) limited by the double prediction limit can also be set to L1. prediction.

若所被供給之預測區塊尺寸是大於bipred_restriction_size(S5202:NO),則使用對2個參照影像的參照影像指定資訊與運動向量,來生成運動補償雙預測區塊(S5205)。 If the predicted prediction block size is larger than bipred_restriction_size (S5202: NO), the motion compensated bi-predicted block is generated using the reference image designation information and the motion vector for the two reference images (S5205).

又,在實施形態4中的解碼處理中,係在實施形態1中的圖39的流程圖所示之結合預測運動資訊解碼處理中,刪除步驟S3902及步驟S3903之處理,在圖37的流程圖所示之預測區塊單位解碼處理中的步驟S3704所進行的運動補償預測訊號算出處理之內部,對單預測之限制處理,是和編碼處理同樣地,以圖52之流程圖所示之處理來進行之。 Further, in the decoding processing in the fourth embodiment, the processing of step S3902 and step S3903 is deleted in the combined prediction motion information decoding processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 39 in the first embodiment, and the flowchart of FIG. 37 is performed. In the motion compensation prediction signal calculation process performed in step S3704 in the prediction block unit decoding process shown, the restriction process for the single prediction is the process shown in the flowchart of FIG. 52, similarly to the encoding process. Carry it out.

在實施形態4中,雙預測之限制處理不採用把結合運動資訊候補清單轉換成單預測之構成,而是採用在運動補償預測時在雙預測之運動資訊當中,僅使用L0預測或L1預測之一方的運動資訊來進行單預測之運動補 償預測的構成,藉此實現記憶體存取量之限制。 In the fourth embodiment, the double prediction limit processing does not use the configuration of converting the combined motion information candidate list into a single prediction, but uses the L0 prediction or the L1 prediction in the motion information of the double prediction in the motion compensation prediction. One side of the sports information to make a single prediction of the sports supplement Reimbursement of the composition of the forecast, thereby achieving a limit on the amount of memory access.

又,於雙預測之限制處理中,可使預測訊號是與單預測相同,同時,可維持運動資訊會是雙預測的結合運動資訊候補。藉此,bipred_restriction_size以下的預測區塊,L0預測、L1預測的運動資訊都會被保存,因此以後就可直接把雙預測之資訊當成是被編碼、解碼的預測區塊的相鄰參照運動資訊而利用,可提升之後被編碼.解碼之預測區塊的運動預測處理的預測效率。 Moreover, in the double prediction limit processing, the prediction signal can be made the same as the single prediction, and at the same time, the motion information can be maintained as a bi-predictive combined motion information candidate. Therefore, the prediction block below the bipred_restriction_size, the motion information of the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction are saved, so that the bi-predictive information can be directly used as the adjacent reference motion information of the encoded and decoded prediction block. Can be encoded after being promoted. The prediction efficiency of the motion prediction process of the decoded prediction block.

又,作為結合運動資訊候補清單是使用相同運動資訊的不同大小之預測區塊尺寸中,由於可藉由運動補償預測時的雙預測限制,達成記憶體存取量之限制,因此預測區塊尺寸變小之際,進行同一結合運動預測候補清單時,即使bipred_restriction_size是與構成同一清單的基準之預測區塊尺寸不同的情況下,藉由採取實施形態4之構成,不需要添加與結合運動資訊候補清單生成時相同清單構成和雙預測限制之雙方的條件判斷,具有僅以運動補償預測時的雙預測限制就可實現機能的效果,並且在為了進行記憶體存取之限制而控制的比bipred_restriction_size還大之預測區塊尺寸中,不需要對結合運動資訊加入雙預測之限制,因此舉有編碼效率提升效果。 Moreover, as the combined motion information candidate list is a prediction block size of different sizes using the same motion information, since the limit of the memory access amount can be achieved by the double prediction limit in the motion compensation prediction, the block size is predicted. When the same combined motion prediction candidate list is performed, even if the bipred_restriction_size is different from the predicted block size of the reference constituting the same list, by adopting the configuration of the fourth embodiment, it is not necessary to add and combine the motion information candidates. The conditional judgment of both the same list composition and the double prediction limit at the time of list generation has the effect of realizing the function only by the double prediction limit in the motion compensation prediction, and is controlled more than bipred_restriction_size for the limitation of memory access. In the large prediction block size, there is no need to add a double prediction limit to the combined motion information, so the coding efficiency improvement effect is adopted.

又,在運動補償預測時進行雙預測限制之構成中,可將運動資訊編碼所需的2個預測模式(結合預測模式、運動偵測預測模式)之雙方的雙預測限制整合為一而對應,因此可用最小的構成來實現雙預測限制。 Further, in the configuration in which the double prediction is performed in the motion compensation prediction, the double prediction limits of the two prediction modes (in combination with the prediction mode and the motion detection prediction mode) required for the motion information coding can be integrated into one. Therefore, the minimum prediction can be achieved with a minimum composition.

(實施形態5) (Embodiment 5)

接著進行本發明的實施形態5所述之動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置的說明。在實施形態5中,和實施形態1同樣地,進行為了進行記憶體存取量之限制所需的預測區塊尺寸所致之運動補償預測限制、雙預測運動補償之限制,但採取了為了進行雙預測之限制所需的,對結合運動資訊候補清單之運動資訊的從雙預測往單預測之轉換手段係為不同之構成。 Next, a description will be given of a motion picture coding apparatus and a motion picture decoding apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. In the fifth embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the motion compensation prediction limit and the double prediction motion compensation due to the prediction block size required for limiting the amount of memory access are performed, but The means for converting from the double prediction to the single prediction for the motion information combined with the motion information candidate list is different for the limitation of the double prediction.

在實施形態5中,雖然進行和實施形態1同樣之構成及處理,但實施形態1中的圖18之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理、及圖30之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理,是採取不同構成。 In the fifth embodiment, the configuration and processing similar to those in the first embodiment are performed. However, the combined motion information candidate list generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 18 in the first embodiment and the combination shown in the flowchart of FIG. 30 are combined. The motion information candidate list predictive conversion process is a different configuration.

以圖51的流程圖,進行實施形態5中的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理之說明。在實施形態5中,是對編碼處理的圖17之流程圖中的步驟S1701及對解碼處理的圖39之流程圖中的步驟S3901中,施行圖53所示之處理。關於與實施形態1的圖18的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 The combined motion information candidate list generation processing in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 51. In the fifth embodiment, the processing shown in FIG. 53 is performed in step S1701 in the flowchart of FIG. 17 for encoding processing and step S3901 in the flowchart of FIG. 39 for decoding processing. The same steps as those in the flowchart of Fig. 18 of the first embodiment are indicated by the same number and only the new step numbers are indicated for the different parts.

藉由步驟S1800至步驟S1802為止的處理,要成為結合運動資訊之候補的從空間候補區塊群刪除同一資訊之形式下的空間結合運動資訊候補、和時間結合運動資訊候補會被算出,生成從候補區塊之運動資訊所算出之 結合運動資訊。接著,將步驟S1802為止所生成之結合運動資訊的數目num_list_before_combined_merge,予以儲存(S5305)。該值係在後述的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理中被使用。 By the processing from step S1800 to step S1802, the spatial combined motion information candidate and the temporal combined motion information candidate in the form of deleting the same information from the spatial candidate block group to be combined with the motion information candidate are calculated, and the generated Calculated by the motion information of the candidate block Combine sports information. Next, the number of combined motion information num_list_before_combined_merge generated up to step S1802 is stored (S5305). This value is used in the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing to be described later.

接著,藉由步驟S1803至步驟S1804為止的處理,將已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的複數結合運動資訊候補之運動資訊加以組合所生成之第1結合運動資訊候補、和不依存於已被登錄在結合運動資訊候補清單中的運動資訊所生成之第2結合運動資訊候補,係因應需要而被追加,結束結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理。 Then, by the processing from step S1803 to step S1804, the first combined motion information candidate generated by combining the motion information of the plurality of combined motion information candidates registered in the combined motion information candidate list is not dependent on the The second combined motion information candidate generated by the motion information registered in the combined motion information candidate list is added as needed, and the combined motion information candidate list generating process is ended.

實施形態5中的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理中的與實施形態1不同之處理,係為num_list_before_combined_merge的儲存處理,將登錄有被相鄰區塊所定義之候補區塊群之運動資訊的結合運動資訊、和候補區塊群的運動資訊之組合,或登錄有不依存於候補區塊之運動資訊的運動資訊的結合運動資訊的交界的清單號碼,予以保存。 The process different from the first embodiment in the combined motion information candidate list generation process in the fifth embodiment is a storage process of num_list_before_combined_merge, and a combined motion of the motion information of the candidate block group defined by the adjacent block is registered. The combination of the information, the motion information of the candidate block group, or the list of the boundary of the combined sports information that is not dependent on the motion information of the candidate block is stored.

接著,以圖54的流程圖,進行實施形態5中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理之說明。在實施形態5中,是對編碼處理的圖17之流程圖中的步驟S1703及對解碼處理的圖39之流程圖中的步驟S3903中,施行圖54所示之處理。關於與實施形態1的圖30的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 Next, the description of the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the fifth embodiment, the processing shown in FIG. 54 is performed in step S1703 in the flowchart of FIG. 17 for encoding processing and step S3903 in the flowchart of FIG. 39 for decoding processing. The same steps as those in the flowchart of Fig. 30 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same number, and only the new step numbers are indicated for the different parts.

圖52之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理,係相對於圖30的流程圖,運動資訊不是單預測時(S3002:NO)的處理係為不同,若結合運動資訊候補清單之索引i是小於num_list_before_combined_merge(S5407:YES),則為了將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測,將索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的L1資訊設成無效(S3003)。 The combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 52 is different from the flowchart of FIG. 30 in that the motion information is not a single prediction (S3002: NO), and is combined with the motion information candidate list. If the index i is smaller than num_list_before_combined_merge (S5407: YES), in order to convert the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction, the L1 information of the motion information stored in the index i is set to be invalid (S3003).

另一方面,若索引i是num_list_before_combined_merge以上(S5407:NO),則為了將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測,將索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的L0資訊設成無效(S5408)。 On the other hand, if the index i is num_list_before_combined_merge or more (S5407: NO), in order to convert the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction, the L0 information of the motion information stored in the index i is set to be invalid (S5408).

在步驟S3003及步驟S5408中,已被轉換成單預測之索引i的運動資訊會被儲存至結合運動資訊候補清單中(S3004),前進至下個索引(S3005)。 In step S3003 and step S5408, the motion information that has been converted into the index i of the single prediction is stored in the combined motion information candidate list (S3004), and proceeds to the next index (S3005).

實施形態5中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換中,係將結合運動資訊候補清單內的候補運動資訊,對於從相鄰之候補區塊之運動資訊所算出之運動資訊、和已被登錄之複數運動資訊之組合,或不依存於候補區塊之運動資訊而生成之運動資訊,將單預測轉換時會變成無效的運動資訊,以預測種別(L0預測/L1預測)來做切換。藉此,尤其是對於已被第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部所追加的運動資訊,可留下在單預測轉換時被設成無效的預測種別之運動資訊,可將在單預測轉換時被設成有效的預測種別之運動資訊變成無效,作為結合運動資訊可留下較 多有效的運動資訊,可促使編碼效率提升。 In the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion in the fifth embodiment, the motion information calculated from the motion information of the adjacent candidate block and the plural number that has been registered are combined with the candidate motion information in the motion information candidate list. The combination of the motion information, or the motion information generated without depending on the motion information of the candidate block, becomes a invalid motion information when the single prediction is converted, and is switched by the prediction type (L0 prediction/L1 prediction). In this way, in particular, for the motion information added by the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit, the motion information of the prediction type that is set to be invalid at the time of the single prediction conversion can be left, and can be used in the single prediction conversion. The sports information set to be effective predictive species becomes invalid, as combined with sports information can be left behind More effective motion information can improve coding efficiency.

又,在雙預測是被限制的預測區塊尺寸中,不偏頗L0預測與L1預測之一方而採用來作為候補,因此作為編碼.解碼時所使用過之運動資訊而被保存的運動資訊中,L0預測與L1預測之偏頗也會變少。因此,在後續的預測區塊的結合運動資訊候補生成時,可提升第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部所能生成之雙預測之運動資訊的精度,提升編碼效率。 In addition, in the prediction block size in which bi-prediction is limited, one of the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction is used as a candidate, and thus is used as a coding. In the motion information saved by the motion information used for decoding, the bias between the L0 prediction and the L1 prediction is also reduced. Therefore, when the combined motion information candidate is generated in the subsequent prediction block, the accuracy of the bi-predicted motion information that can be generated by the first combined motion information candidate list adding unit can be improved, and the coding efficiency can be improved.

在實施形態5中,索引i小於num_list_before_combined_merge時係將L1資訊設成無效,索引i是num_list_before_combined_merge以上時係將L0資訊設成無效,但以num_list_before_combined_merge為基準來切換設成無效之預測種別,是本實施形態的特徵,亦可採取索引i小於num_list_before_combined_merge時係將L0資訊設成無效,索引i是num_list_before_combined_merge以上時係將L1資訊設成無效之構成。 In the fifth embodiment, when the index i is smaller than num_list_before_combined_merge, the L1 information is invalidated, and when the index i is num_list_before_combined_merge or more, the L0 information is invalidated, but the prediction type set to be invalid is switched based on num_list_before_combined_merge, which is the present implementation. The feature of the form may also be that the index i is less than num_list_before_combined_merge, and the L0 information is invalid, and when the index i is num_list_before_combined_merge or more, the L1 information is invalid.

(實施形態6) (Embodiment 6)

接著進行本發明的實施形態6所述之動態影像編碼裝置及動態影像解碼裝置的說明。在實施形態6中,採取和實施形態5同樣之構成,切換著結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換中設成無效之預測種別(L0預測/L1預測)這點係為特徵,但採取了以索引之固定位置為基準來做切換之構成。 Next, a description will be given of a motion picture coding apparatus and a motion picture decoding apparatus according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. In the sixth embodiment, the same configuration as that of the fifth embodiment is adopted, and the prediction type (L0 prediction/L1 prediction) which is set to be invalid in the combined motion information candidate prediction conversion is switched, but the index is adopted. The fixed position is the basis for the switching.

在實施形態6中,雖然進行和實施形態5同樣之構成及處理,但實施形態5中的圖53之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理係不進行,而是進行和實施形態1相同的圖18之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補清單生成處理。 In the sixth embodiment, the configuration and processing similar to those in the fifth embodiment are performed. However, the combined motion information candidate list generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 53 in the fifth embodiment is not performed, but is performed in the first embodiment. The combined motion information candidate list generation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 18 is the same.

又,在實施形態6中是採取了,在實施形態5中的圖54的流程圖所示之結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理,是被置換成圖55之流程圖所示之處理之構成。在實施形態6中,是對編碼處理的圖17之流程圖中的步驟S1703及對解碼處理的圖39之流程圖中的步驟S3903中,施行圖55所示之處理。 Further, in the sixth embodiment, the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 54 in the fifth embodiment is replaced with the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 55. In the sixth embodiment, the processing shown in FIG. 55 is performed in step S1703 in the flowchart of FIG. 17 for encoding processing and step S3903 in the flowchart of FIG. 39 for decoding processing.

以下進行圖55之流程圖的說明。關於與圖54的流程圖相同的步驟,係標示同一號碼而僅對不同部分標示新的步驟號碼。 The description of the flowchart of Fig. 55 will be made below. Regarding the same steps as the flowchart of Fig. 54, the same number is indicated and only the new step number is indicated for the different parts.

圖55之流程圖所示的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換處理,係相對於圖54的流程圖,運動資訊不是單預測時(S3002:NO)的處理係為不同,若結合運動資訊候補清單之索引i是小於2(S5507:YES),則為了將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測,將索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的L1資訊設成無效(S3003)。 The combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 55 is different from the flowchart of FIG. 54 in that the motion information is not a single prediction (S3002: NO), and is combined with the motion information candidate list. If the index i is less than 2 (S5507: YES), in order to convert the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction, the L1 information of the motion information stored in the index i is set to be invalid (S3003).

另一方面,若索引i是2以上(S5507:NO),則為了將雙預測之運動資訊轉換成單預測,將索引i中所儲存之運動資訊的L0資訊設成無效(S5408)。 On the other hand, if the index i is 2 or more (S5507: NO), in order to convert the bi-predicted motion information into a single prediction, the L0 information of the motion information stored in the index i is set to be invalid (S5408).

在步驟S3003及步驟S5408中,已被轉換成 單預測之索引i的運動資訊會被儲存至結合運動資訊候補清單中(S3004),前進至下個索引(S3005)。 In step S3003 and step S5408, it has been converted into The motion information of the index i of the single prediction is stored in the combined motion information candidate list (S3004), and proceeds to the next index (S3005).

實施形態6中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換中係採取了,將結合運動資訊候補清單內的候補運動資訊,隨著相鄰之候補區塊之運動資訊所算出之運動資訊,以第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部,對於雙預測之追加運動資訊生成所必須之最小限度的運動資訊亦即2筆運動資訊、和被登錄在清單後半之已被第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部及第2結合運動資訊候補清單追加部所追加的運動資訊,將索引之位置上固定地在單預測轉換時設成無效之運動資訊切換預測種別(L0預測/L1預測)之構成。 In the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion in the sixth embodiment, the candidate motion information in the motion information candidate list is combined with the motion information calculated by the motion information of the adjacent candidate block, and the first combination is used. The motion information candidate list addition unit, the minimum exercise information necessary for the generation of the additional motion information for the double prediction, that is, the two pieces of exercise information, and the first combined exercise information candidate list addition unit and the In combination with the motion information added by the motion information candidate list adding unit, the position of the index is fixedly set to the invalid motion information switching prediction type (L0 prediction/L1 prediction) at the time of single prediction conversion.

實施形態6中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換中,係對於實施形態5,可刪除登錄有被相鄰區塊所定義之候補區塊群之運動資訊的結合運動資訊、和候補區塊群的運動資訊之組合,或登錄有不依存於候補區塊之運動資訊的運動資訊的結合運動資訊的交界清單號碼進行保存之處理,因此可減輕處理負荷,同時,和第5實施形態同樣地,對於已被第1結合運動資訊候補清單追加部所追加的運動資訊,可留下在單預測轉換時被設成無效的預測種別之運動資訊,可將在單預測轉換時被設成有效的預測種別之運動資訊變成無效,作為結合運動資訊可留下較多有效的運動資訊,可促使編碼效率提升。 In the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion in the sixth embodiment, in the fifth embodiment, the combined motion information in which the motion information of the candidate block group defined by the adjacent block is registered and the candidate block group can be deleted. The combination of the motion information or the process of storing the boundary list number of the combined motion information that does not depend on the motion information of the motion information of the candidate block, so that the processing load can be reduced, and similarly to the fifth embodiment, The motion information added by the first combined motion information candidate list addition unit can leave motion information of the prediction type that is set to be invalid at the time of single prediction conversion, and can be set to be effective in the single prediction conversion. The motion information becomes invalid, and as the combined sports information can leave more effective sports information, which can promote the coding efficiency.

又,在實施形態6中,不只是第1結合運動資訊候補、第2結合運動資訊候補,對於空間預測候補或 時間預測候補也可切換設成無效之預測種別,因此當預測種別是雙預測且登錄了相同之運動資訊時,作為結合運動資訊是L0單預測、L1單預測之運動資訊都可利用,因此可促使編碼效率提升。 Further, in the sixth embodiment, it is not only the first combined motion information candidate and the second combined motion information candidate, but also for the spatial prediction candidate or The time prediction candidate can also switch to the prediction type that is set to be invalid. Therefore, when the prediction type is double prediction and the same motion information is registered, the motion information that is combined with the motion information is L0 single prediction and L1 single prediction can be utilized, so Promote coding efficiency.

實施形態6中的結合運動資訊候補單預測轉換中,是將切換設成無效之預測種別(L0預測/L1預測)的索引之位置共定成2,但以固定之索引來切換預測種別,是實施形態6的特徵,亦可隨著作為空間結合運動資訊候補、時間結合運動資訊候補、第1結合運動資訊候補、第2結合運動資訊候補而登錄的運動資訊之數目,和最大可登錄之結合運動資訊候補之數目,來設定要固定之切換位置的索引之值。 In the combined motion information candidate list predictive conversion in the sixth embodiment, the position of the index of the prediction type (L0 prediction/L1 prediction) set to be invalid is set to 2, but the prediction type is switched by a fixed index. According to the feature of the sixth embodiment, the number of pieces of motion information registered in the space combined with the motion information candidate, the time combined motion information candidate, the first combined motion information candidate, and the second combined motion information candidate may be combined with the maximum registrable combination. The number of motion information candidates to set the value of the index of the switching position to be fixed.

以上所述的實施形態的動態影像編碼裝置所輸出的動態影像的編碼串流,係為了可隨著實施形態中所使用之編碼方法來進行解碼,而具有特定的資料格式,對應於動態影像編碼裝置的動態影像解碼裝置係可將此特定資料格式的編碼串流加以解碼。 The coded stream of the video stream output by the motion picture coding apparatus according to the embodiment described above has a specific data format corresponding to the motion picture coding in order to be decoded in accordance with the coding method used in the embodiment. The dynamic video decoding device of the device can decode the encoded stream of this particular data format.

動態影像編碼裝置與動態影像解碼裝置之間為了收授編碼串流,而使用有線或無線網路的情況下,可將編碼串流轉換成適合於通訊路之傳輸形態的資料形式來進行傳輸。此情況下,會設置有:將動態影像編碼裝置所輸出之編碼串流轉換成適合於通訊路之傳輸形態之資料形式的編碼資料然後發送至網路的動態影像送訊裝置、和從網路接收編碼資料並復原成編碼串流而供給至動態影像解 碼裝置的動態影像收訊裝置。 When a video or wireless network is used between the motion picture coding apparatus and the motion picture decoding apparatus to receive the code stream, the code stream can be converted into a data format suitable for the transmission mode of the communication path. In this case, a dynamic image transmitting device that converts the encoded stream outputted by the motion image encoding device into encoded data suitable for the transmission form of the communication path and then transmits it to the network, and the slave network are provided. Receive coded data and restore it to a coded stream for supply to motion image solutions A dynamic image receiving device of a code device.

動態影像送訊裝置,係含有:將動態影像編碼裝置所輸出之編碼串流予以緩衝的記憶體、將編碼串流予以封包化的封包處理部、將已被封包化的編碼資料透過網路而進行發送的送訊部。動態影像收訊裝置,係含有:將已被封包化的編碼資料透過網路而進行接收的收訊部、將已被接收之編碼資料予以緩衝的記憶體、將編碼資料進行封包處理而生成編碼串流並提供給動態影像解碼裝置的封包處理部。 The motion picture transmitting device includes a memory that buffers a coded stream output by the motion picture coding device, a packet processing unit that encapsulates the coded stream, and transmits the encapsulated coded data through the network. The transmitting unit that sends the message. The motion picture receiving device includes a receiving unit that receives the encoded encoded data through the network, a memory that buffers the received encoded data, and encodes the encoded data to generate a code. The stream is streamed and supplied to a packet processing unit of the motion picture decoding device.

以上的關於編碼及解碼之處理,係可用硬體而以傳輸、積存、收訊裝置的方式來加以實現,當然,也可藉由記憶在ROM(Read Only Memory)或快閃記憶體等中的韌體、或電腦等之軟體來加以實現。亦可將該韌體程式、軟體程式記錄至電腦等可讀取之記錄媒體來加以提供,或可透過有線或無線網路從伺服器來提供,也可用地表波或衛星數位播送的資料播送方式來提供之。 The above processing for encoding and decoding can be realized by means of hardware, transmission, accumulation, and receiving device. Of course, it can also be stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) or a flash memory. A firmware such as a firmware or a computer is implemented. The firmware program and software program can also be recorded on a readable recording medium such as a computer, or can be provided from a server through a wired or wireless network, or can be broadcast by means of a surface wave or satellite digital broadcast. Come and provide it.

以上係依據實施形態來說明了本發明。實施形態係為例示,這些各構成要素或各處理程序之組合中還有各種可能的變形例,而這些變形例也都屬於本發明之範圍,而能被當業者所理解。 The present invention has been described above based on the embodiments. The embodiments are exemplified, and there are various possible modifications in the combinations of these constituent elements or processing programs, and these modifications are also within the scope of the invention and can be understood by the practitioner.

本發明係可利用於動態影像訊號之編碼及解碼技術。 The invention can be utilized in the encoding and decoding technology of dynamic image signals.

100‧‧‧輸入端子 100‧‧‧Input terminal

101‧‧‧輸入影像記憶體 101‧‧‧ Input image memory

102‧‧‧編碼區塊取得部 102‧‧‧Code Block Acquisition Department

103‧‧‧減算部 103‧‧‧Decrease Department

104‧‧‧正交轉換‧量化部 104‧‧‧Orthogonal Conversion ‧Quantity Department

105‧‧‧預測誤差編碼部 105‧‧‧Predictive Error Coding Section

106‧‧‧逆量化‧逆轉換部 106‧‧‧Reverse Quantification ‧Reverse Conversion Department

107‧‧‧加算部 107‧‧‧Additional Department

108‧‧‧畫格內解碼影像緩衝區 108‧‧‧Digital decoding image buffer

109‧‧‧迴圈濾波器部 109‧‧‧Circle Filter Department

110‧‧‧解碼影像記憶體 110‧‧‧Decoding image memory

111‧‧‧運動向量偵測部 111‧‧‧Motion Vector Detection Department

112‧‧‧運動補償預測部 112‧‧‧Sports Compensation Forecasting Department

113‧‧‧運動補償預測區塊構造選擇部 113‧‧‧Moving Compensation Prediction Block Structure Selection Department

114‧‧‧畫面內預測部 114‧‧‧Intra-frame prediction department

115‧‧‧畫面內預測區塊構造選擇部 115‧‧‧Intra-screen prediction block structure selection

116‧‧‧預測模式選擇部 116‧‧‧ Prediction Mode Selection Department

117‧‧‧編碼區塊構造選擇部 117‧‧‧Code Block Structure Selection Department

118‧‧‧區塊構造/預測模式資訊附加資訊編碼部 118‧‧‧ Block Structure/Predictive Mode Information Additional Information Coding Department

119‧‧‧預測模式資訊記憶體 119‧‧‧ Prediction mode information memory

120‧‧‧多工化部 120‧‧‧Multi-industry

121‧‧‧輸出端子 121‧‧‧Output terminal

122‧‧‧編碼區塊控制參數生成部 122‧‧‧ Code block control parameter generation unit

Claims (3)

一種動態影像解碼裝置,係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼裝置,其特徵為,具備:解碼部,係從前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構部,係從與前記身為解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和候補清單追加部,係藉由將前記被導出之運動資訊加以組合以生成新的運動資訊候補,並將已被生成之前記運動資訊候補,追加至前記運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換部,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測部,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號;前記運動資訊轉換部,係進行預測轉換,其係在前記運動資訊候補之中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊, 在前記候補清單追加部對前記運動資訊候補清單追加了運動資訊候補之後,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測部,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸以下時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 A motion picture decoding apparatus belongs to a motion picture in which a prediction block is specified from a block in which an image is divided into a plurality of blocks in stages, and a coded stream is decoded in the specific prediction block unit. The decoding apparatus includes: a decoding unit that decodes, from a preamble encoded stream, index information that specifies motion information of a prediction block before being decoded; and a candidate list construction unit The motion information is derived as at least one of the spatially adjacent blocks of the prediction block and the temporally adjacent blocks, and is regarded as a motion information candidate of the prediction block which is the pre-recorded decoding object. A motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information, and the candidate list adding unit combines the motion information derived from the pre-record to generate a new motion information candidate. The exercise information candidate is added to the pre-recorded sports information candidate list before being generated; and the sports information conversion unit transfers the pre-recorded sports information candidate And the motion compensation prediction unit generates the prediction region which is the predecessor decoding target by performing motion compensation prediction by either the single prediction or the double prediction based on the motion information specified by the pre-recording information among the pre-recorded motion information candidates. The prediction signal of the block; the pre-recorded motion information conversion unit performs prediction conversion, which is included in the pre-recorded motion information candidate, and represents the predicted type information of the pre-recorded double prediction. The pre-recorded candidate list addition unit adds the motion information candidate to the pre-recorded motion information candidate list, and then converts it into the prediction type information indicating the pre-record prediction. The pre-recorded motion compensation prediction unit is the block of the prediction block that is the pre-recorded decoding target. When the size is equal to or smaller than the predetermined first size, and the predicted type information of the motion information specified in the foregoing is the pre-recorded bi-prediction, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed based on the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion. 一種動態影像解碼方法,係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼方法,其特徵為,具備:解碼步驟,係從前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和候補清單追加步驟,係藉由將前記被導出之運動資訊加以組合以生成新的運動資訊候補,並將已被生成之前記運動資訊候補,追加至前記運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉 換;和運動補償預測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號;前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,其係在前記運動資訊候補之中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,在前記候補清單追加步驟對前記運動資訊候補清單追加了運動資訊候補之後,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸以下時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 A dynamic image decoding method belongs to a motion picture in which a prediction block is specified from a block in which an image is hierarchically divided into a plurality of blocks, and the encoded stream is decoded in the specific prediction block unit. The decoding method is characterized in that: the decoding step is to decode, from the pre-coded stream, the index information specifying the motion information of the prediction block before the decoding target; and the candidate list construction step, As at least one of the spatially adjacent block and the temporally adjacent block of the prediction block, which is the pre-recorded decoding object, the motion information is derived, and is regarded as a motion information candidate of the prediction block which is the pre-recorded decoding object. A motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and the candidate list adding step is performed by combining the motion information derived from the pre-record to generate a new motion information candidate, and Adding the motion information candidate before being generated to the pre-recorded motion information candidate list; and the motion information conversion step, the pre-recording motion information Be transferred And the motion compensation prediction step is based on the motion information specified by the pre-recorded index information in the pre-recorded motion information candidate, and the motion prediction prediction is performed by any one of the single prediction or the double prediction to generate the prediction of the pre-recorded decoding target. The predictive signal of the block; the pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform predictive conversion, which is in the pre-recorded sports information candidate, and displays the predicted seed information of the pre-recorded double prediction, and adds the pre-recorded exercise information candidate list to the pre-recorded exercise information candidate list. After the motion information candidate is converted to the prediction type information indicating the pre-record prediction; the pre-recording motion compensation prediction step is performed when the block size of the prediction block which is the pre-recorded decoding target is less than the predetermined first size, and the pre-record has been The predicted type information of the specified motion information is the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction based on the motion information converted by the pre-recorded prediction conversion. 一種動態影像解碼程式,係屬於從圖像被階段性分割成複數區塊而成的區塊中特定出預測區塊,以該被特定之預測區塊單位,將編碼串流予以解碼的動態影像解碼程式,其特徵為,令電腦執行:解碼步驟,係從前記編碼串流中,解碼出將身為解碼對象之前記預測區塊的運動資訊加以指定的索引資訊;和候補清單建構步驟,係從與身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊空間性相鄰之區塊及時間性相鄰之區塊的至少任一 者,導出運動資訊,視作身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的運動資訊候補,從該被導出之運動資訊之中,登錄所定之運動資訊而建構出運動資訊候補清單;和候補清單追加步驟,係藉由將前記被導出之運動資訊加以組合以生成新的運動資訊候補,並將已被生成之前記運動資訊候補,追加至前記運動資訊候補清單;和運動資訊轉換步驟,係將前記運動資訊候補予以轉換;和運動補償預測步驟,係基於前記運動資訊候補當中被前記索引資訊所指定之運動資訊,藉由單預測或雙預測之任一者來進行運動補償預測而生成身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的預測訊號;前記運動資訊轉換步驟,係進行預測轉換,其係在前記運動資訊候補之中,將表示前記雙預測之預測種別資訊,在前記候補清單追加步驟對前記運動資訊候補清單追加了運動資訊候補之後,轉換成表示前記單預測之預測種別資訊;前記運動補償預測步驟,係當身為前記解碼對象之預測區塊的區塊尺寸是所定第1尺寸以下時,且前記已被指定之運動資訊的預測種別資訊是表示前記雙預測時,則基於藉由前記預測轉換而被轉換成的運動資訊,來進行前記運動補償預測。 A dynamic image decoding program belongs to a motion picture in which a prediction block is specified from a block in which an image is divided into a plurality of blocks in stages, and the encoded stream is decoded in the specific prediction block unit. The decoding program is characterized in that the computer executes: the decoding step, which decodes the index information specifying the motion information of the prediction block before the decoding object from the pre-coded stream; and the candidate list construction step At least one of a block adjacent to the spatial block adjacent to the prediction block of the predecessor decoding object and a temporally adjacent block The motion information is derived as a motion information candidate of the prediction block as the pre-recorded decoding object, and the motion information candidate list is constructed by registering the predetermined motion information from the derived motion information; and the candidate list addition step By combining the motion information derived from the pre-record to generate a new motion information candidate, and adding the motion information candidate before being generated to the pre-recorded motion information candidate list; and the motion information conversion step, the pre-recording motion The information candidate is converted; and the motion compensation prediction step is based on the motion information specified by the pre-recorded index information in the pre-recorded motion information candidate, and the motion compensation prediction is generated by either the single prediction or the double prediction to generate the pre-record decoding. The prediction signal of the prediction block of the object; the pre-recording motion information conversion step is to perform prediction conversion, which is in the pre-recording motion information candidate, and will represent the prediction type information of the pre-recorded double prediction, and the pre-recording list addition step on the pre-recording movement information After the motion information candidate is added to the candidate list, it is converted into a representation. The prediction type information of the record prediction; the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction step is when the block size of the prediction block of the pre-recorded decoding target is less than the predetermined first size, and the predicted type information of the motion information that has been designated before is When the pre-double prediction is performed, the pre-recorded motion compensation prediction is performed based on the motion information converted by the pre-predictive conversion.
TW102113566A 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and dynamic image decoding program TWI577185B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012093091 2012-04-16
JP2012093092 2012-04-16
JP2013085474A JP5987768B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Moving picture coding apparatus, moving picture coding method, moving picture coding program, transmission apparatus, transmission method, and transmission program
JP2013085473A JP5987767B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Moving picture decoding apparatus, moving picture decoding method, moving picture decoding program, receiving apparatus, receiving method, and receiving program

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201404177A TW201404177A (en) 2014-01-16
TWI577185B true TWI577185B (en) 2017-04-01

Family

ID=50345733

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102113566A TWI577185B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and dynamic image decoding program
TW106125322A TWI618403B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and recording medium storing dynamic image decoding program
TW108108277A TWI700923B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Moving image decoding device, moving image decoding method, and recording medium for storing moving image decoding program
TW105142500A TWI597976B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Motion picture encoding apparatus, motion picture encoding method, and recording medium for moving picture encoding program
TW107105042A TWI657696B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Motion image encoding device, motion image encoding method, and recording medium for recording motion image encoding program

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106125322A TWI618403B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and recording medium storing dynamic image decoding program
TW108108277A TWI700923B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Moving image decoding device, moving image decoding method, and recording medium for storing moving image decoding program
TW105142500A TWI597976B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Motion picture encoding apparatus, motion picture encoding method, and recording medium for moving picture encoding program
TW107105042A TWI657696B (en) 2012-04-16 2013-04-16 Motion image encoding device, motion image encoding method, and recording medium for recording motion image encoding program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (5) TWI577185B (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12548198B2 (en) * 2020-10-07 2026-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Motion estimation in geometry point cloud compression

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000013802A (en) * 1998-06-19 2000-01-14 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Video signal encoding device using inter-frame prediction
EP2066132A1 (en) * 2006-09-20 2009-06-03 Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation Image encoding and decoding methods, their devices, image decoding device, their programs, and storage medium in which programs are recorded
US20100098173A1 (en) * 2007-09-12 2010-04-22 Yuya Horiuchi Image processing device and image processing method
TW201130311A (en) * 2009-06-10 2011-09-01 Panasonic Corp Image encoding method, image decoding method, and devices therefor
US20110249738A1 (en) * 2008-10-01 2011-10-13 Yoshinori Suzuki Moving image encoding apparatus, moving image decoding apparatus, moving image encoding method, moving image decoding method, moving image encoding program, moving image decoding program, and moving image encoding/ decoding system
TW201206153A (en) * 2010-03-26 2012-02-01 Sony Corp Image processing apparatus, method, and program

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8406301B2 (en) * 2002-07-15 2013-03-26 Thomson Licensing Adaptive weighting of reference pictures in video encoding
US7646815B2 (en) * 2003-07-15 2010-01-12 Lsi Corporation Intra estimation chroma mode 0 sub-block dependent prediction
JP4987085B2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2012-07-25 日本電信電話株式会社 Image encoding device and decoding device, image encoding method and decoding method, program thereof, and recording medium recording the program
WO2009157580A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 ソニー株式会社 Image processing device and image processing method
KR101770662B1 (en) * 2010-07-20 2017-08-23 가부시키가이샤 엔.티.티.도코모 Image prediction decoding device and image prediction decoding method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000013802A (en) * 1998-06-19 2000-01-14 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Video signal encoding device using inter-frame prediction
EP2066132A1 (en) * 2006-09-20 2009-06-03 Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation Image encoding and decoding methods, their devices, image decoding device, their programs, and storage medium in which programs are recorded
US20100098173A1 (en) * 2007-09-12 2010-04-22 Yuya Horiuchi Image processing device and image processing method
US20110249738A1 (en) * 2008-10-01 2011-10-13 Yoshinori Suzuki Moving image encoding apparatus, moving image decoding apparatus, moving image encoding method, moving image decoding method, moving image encoding program, moving image decoding program, and moving image encoding/ decoding system
TW201130311A (en) * 2009-06-10 2011-09-01 Panasonic Corp Image encoding method, image decoding method, and devices therefor
TW201206153A (en) * 2010-03-26 2012-02-01 Sony Corp Image processing apparatus, method, and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201404177A (en) 2014-01-16
TW201820877A (en) 2018-06-01
TWI700923B (en) 2020-08-01
TW201717646A (en) 2017-05-16
TWI657696B (en) 2019-04-21
TW201739258A (en) 2017-11-01
TWI618403B (en) 2018-03-11
TWI597976B (en) 2017-09-01
TW201924354A (en) 2019-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6004135B1 (en) Moving picture decoding apparatus, moving picture decoding method, moving picture decoding program, receiving apparatus, receiving method, and receiving program
WO2013157251A1 (en) Video encoding device, video encoding method, video encoding program, transmission device, transmission method, transmission program, video decoding device, video decoding method, video decoding program, reception device, reception method, and reception program
KR20230135037A (en) Motion Compensation Method and Apparatus Using Bi-directional Optical Flow
KR102571159B1 (en) Motion Compensation Method and Apparatus Using Bi-directional Optical Flow
TWI601413B (en) Dynamic video encoding device and dynamic video encoding method
JP5786498B2 (en) Image coding apparatus, image coding method, and image coding program
JP6183512B2 (en) Moving picture coding apparatus, moving picture coding method, moving picture coding program, transmission apparatus, transmission method, and transmission program
TWI577185B (en) Dynamic image decoding device, dynamic image decoding method, and dynamic image decoding program
JP5786499B2 (en) Image decoding apparatus, image decoding method, and image decoding program
JP2016167858A (en) Image decoder, image decoding method, image decoding program, receiver, receiving method and receiving program
JP6172326B2 (en) Image encoding device, image encoding method, image encoding program, transmission device, transmission method, and transmission program
JP6142943B2 (en) Image decoding apparatus, image decoding method, image decoding program, receiving apparatus, receiving method, and receiving program
JP2016167857A (en) Image decoding apparatus, image decoding method, image decoding program, receiving apparatus, receiving method, and receiving program
JP2016136782A (en) Image encoding device, image encoding method, image encoding program, transmission device, transmission method, and transmission program